WO2024098846A1 - 通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024098846A1
WO2024098846A1 PCT/CN2023/110574 CN2023110574W WO2024098846A1 WO 2024098846 A1 WO2024098846 A1 WO 2024098846A1 CN 2023110574 W CN2023110574 W CN 2023110574W WO 2024098846 A1 WO2024098846 A1 WO 2024098846A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
information
identification information
paging
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/110574
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张阳阳
余政
刘江华
常俊仁
王瑞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024098846A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024098846A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • an access network device can configure a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism for a terminal device.
  • the DRX mechanism can be applied to a radio resource control (RRC) connected state, an RRC idle state, and an RRC inactive state.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the access network device or the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal device, and the paging message may include the identification information of the terminal device being paged.
  • the terminal device receives the paging message, it can determine whether it is the terminal device being paged based on the identification information of the terminal device in the paging message.
  • the fifth generation globally unique temporary UE identity (5G-GUTI) of the fifth generation mobile communication system can be used as the identification information of the terminal device.
  • the shortened form of 5G-GUTI can be further used, that is, the 5G temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G S-temporary mobile subscription identifier, 5G-S-TMSI) can be carried as the identification information of the terminal device in the above paging information.
  • 5G-S-TMSI the size of 5G-S-TMSI is 48 bits, which can represent the number of terminal devices that can be accommodated in the network is 2 ⁇ 48.
  • 48-bit 5G-S-TMSI will occupy more bits, resulting in larger signaling overhead and higher power consumption of terminal devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus that can ensure user security while reducing signaling overhead when setting identification information of a terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first terminal device, or to a chip or system on chip in the first terminal device, the method comprising: receiving a first paging message from an access network device, and determining, based on the first paging message, whether identification information of one or more terminal devices includes identification information of the first terminal device; wherein the first paging message includes identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the signaling overhead can be reduced while ensuring user security, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, which is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits, the signaling overhead can be further reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, and it is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the first terminal device includes a first receiver and a second receiver; the first paging information is received through the first receiver; or, the first part of the bit information of the first paging information is received through the first receiver, and the second part of the bit information of the first paging information is received through the second receiver.
  • power consumption of the first receiver is less than power consumption of the second receiver.
  • the first receiver and the second receiver in the first terminal device, when the first terminal device receives the first paging information, it can only receive it through the first receiver with lower power consumption, thereby reducing the receiving power consumption.
  • the first receiver can also receive the first paging information through the first receiver and the second receiver together, thereby achieving higher energy saving gains.
  • receiving a first paging message through a first receiver includes: if the identification information of the terminal device includes the first identification information, receiving the first identification information in the first paging message through the first receiver; or, if the identification information of the terminal device includes the second identification information and the third identification information, receiving the second identification information in the first paging message through the first receiver; if the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, receiving the third identification information in the first paging message through the first receiver; or, if the identification information of the terminal device includes the second identification information, the fourth identification information and the fifth identification information, receiving the first paging message through the first receiver.
  • the second identification information in the paging information if the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the fourth identification information in the first paging information is received through the first receiver; if the fourth identification information is the same as the fourth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the fifth identification information in the first paging information is received through the first receiver; or, if the identification information of the terminal device includes the second identification information and the first identification information, the second identification information in the first paging information is received through the first receiver; if the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first identification information in the first paging information is received through the first receiver.
  • the method further includes: if the first paging information received by the first receiver includes identification information of the first terminal device, waking up the second receiver for network access.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device receives the first paging information, it can only receive it through the first receiver with lower power consumption, thereby reducing the receiving power consumption.
  • the first receiver when the first paging information includes multiple identification information, the first receiver can receive the next identification information when the received identification information is the same as the identification information of the first terminal device, and does not need to receive the next identification information if they are different, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the first receiver.
  • the first part of the bit information of the first paging information is received by the first receiver, and the second part of the bit information of the first paging information is received by the second receiver, including: if the first part of the bit information received by the first receiver is the same as the first part of the bit information of the identification information of the first terminal device, waking up the second receiver to receive the second part of the bit information of the first paging information.
  • the first part of the bit information is the first part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the second part of the bit information is the second part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the first identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the third identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the second part of the third identification information.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device receives the first paging information, it can be received through the first receiver and the second receiver.
  • the first paging information includes multiple identification information
  • the first receiver can wake up the second receiver to receive subsequent identification information when the received identification information is the same as the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are different, there is no need to wake up the second receiver, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the second receiver.
  • a first paging message is received from an access network device based on a candidate length of the first paging message, wherein the candidate length is predefined; or, first indication information is received from the access network device, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the candidate length.
  • the first terminal device can receive the first paging information according to the candidate length, and ignore the first paging information that does not meet the candidate length, thereby reducing the receiving power consumption of the first terminal device.
  • the identification information of the first terminal device is predefined; or, the identification information of the first terminal device is received from an access network device or a core network device.
  • the method before receiving the first paging information from the access network device, the method also includes: sending one or more of the following to the access network device or the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the first terminal device can send the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information to the access network device or the core network device, so that the access network device or the core network device can send the first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectations of the first terminal device.
  • the method before receiving the first paging information from the access network device, the method also includes: receiving first capability information from the access network device; wherein the first capability information is used to indicate whether the access network device has low power consumption capability; based on the first capability information, sending second capability information to the access network device or the core network device; wherein the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability and whether the terminal device supports entering a low power consumption mode.
  • the first terminal device can enable the access network device to send a first paging message to the first terminal device that supports low power consumption by exchanging capability information with the access network device.
  • first information is sent to an access network device or a core network device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a delay requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device sends the first information to the access network device or the core network device, so that the access network device or the core network device can send the corresponding first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectations of the first terminal device.
  • the first information is carried in one or more of the following signaling and sent to an access network device or a core network device: registration information, non-access layer NAS information, uplink control information, hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information, and a buffer status report; or, fifth indication information is received from the access network device, and the first information is sent to the access network device or the core network device according to the fifth indication information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to report the first information; or, if the configuration information sent by the access network device to the first terminal device does not meet the configuration requirements of the first terminal device, the first information is sent to the access network device or the core network device.
  • the first terminal device when it sends the first information to the access network device or the core network device, it can use a static reporting method or a dynamic reporting method, such as the access network device triggering the report or the first terminal device actively reporting, without restriction.
  • the method before receiving the first paging information from the access network device, the method also includes: receiving sixth indication information from the access network device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate the period of the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information; the period is determined according to one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the first terminal device can also determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the sixth indication information sent by the access network device, so as to facilitate subsequent monitoring of the first paging information according to the period.
  • the method before receiving the first paging information from the access network device, the method also includes: receiving seventh indication information from the access network device; wherein the seventh indication information is used to indicate a determination rule for the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information, and the determination rule includes if the upper layer configures a discontinuous reception DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the minimum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle, or, the determination rule includes if the upper layer configures a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the maximum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle, or, the determination rule includes if the upper layer does not configure a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information
  • the first terminal device can also determine the determination rule of the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the seventh indication information sent by the access network device. According to the determination rule, the first terminal device can determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • an eighth indication information is received from an access network device; wherein the eighth indication information is used to indicate the time and frequency resources allocated by the access network device to the first terminal device; the time and frequency resources are determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the first terminal device can also determine the time-frequency resources allocated by the access network device to the first terminal device according to the eighth indication information sent by the access network device, and then communicate with the access network device according to the time-frequency resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device, or to a chip or system on chip in the access network device, and the method includes: determining a first paging message, and sending the first paging message to a first terminal device; wherein the first paging message includes identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the signaling overhead can be reduced while ensuring user security, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, which is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device.
  • determining the first paging information includes: receiving the first paging information from a core network device.
  • the first paging information can be determined by the access network device and sent to the first terminal device, or it can be determined by the core network device and sent to the first terminal device through the access network device, without limitation.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits, the signaling overhead can be further reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, and it is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device, the method also includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device; or, receiving first indication information from the core network device, and sending first indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a candidate length of the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can receive the first paging information according to the candidate length, and the first paging information that does not meet the candidate length can be ignored, thereby reducing the receiving power consumption of the first terminal device.
  • identification information of the first terminal device is sent to the first terminal device; or, identification information of the first terminal device is received from a core network device, and identification information of the first terminal device is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device, the method also includes: receiving one or more of the following from the first terminal device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; sending one or more of the following to the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; or, receiving one or more of the following from the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the access network device or the core network device sends the first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectation of the first terminal device.
  • the method before sending a first paging information to a first terminal device, the method further includes: sending first capability information; wherein the first capability information is used to indicate whether the access network device has low power consumption capability; receiving second capability information from the first terminal device; wherein the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability, whether the terminal device supports entering a low power consumption mode; and sending the second capability information to a core network device.
  • the access network device can send a first paging message to the first terminal device that supports low power consumption by exchanging capability information with the first terminal device.
  • first information is received from a first terminal device; first information is sent to a core network device; or first information is received from a core network device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method for the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method for the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a latency requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the access network device or the core network device can send corresponding first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectations of the first terminal device.
  • the first information from the first terminal device is received through one or more of the following signaling: registration information, non-access layer NAS information, uplink control information, hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information, and buffer status report; or, fifth indication information is sent to the first terminal device to receive the first information from the first terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to report the first information; or, if the configuration information sent to the first terminal device does not meet the configuration requirements of the first terminal device, the first information from the first terminal device is received.
  • the first terminal device when it sends the first information to the access network device or the core network device, it can use a static reporting method or a dynamic reporting method, such as the access network device triggering the report or the first terminal device actively reporting, without restriction.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device, the method also includes: sending sixth indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate the period of the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information; the period is determined according to one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the first terminal device can determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the sixth indication information sent by the access network device, so as to facilitate subsequent monitoring of the first paging information according to the period.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device, also includes: sending seventh indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the seventh indication information is used to indicate a determination rule for the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information, and the determination rule includes if the upper layer configures a discontinuous reception DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the minimum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle, or, the determination rule includes if the upper layer configures a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the maximum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle, or, the determination rule includes if the upper layer does not configure a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information
  • the first terminal device can determine the determination rule of the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the seventh indication information sent by the access network device. According to the determination rule, the first terminal device can determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • an eighth indication information is sent to the first terminal device; wherein the eighth indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency resources allocated to the first terminal device; the time-frequency resources are determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the first terminal device can determine the time-frequency resources allocated by the access network device to the first terminal device according to the eighth indication information sent by the access network device, and then communicate with the access network device based on the time-frequency resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device, or to a chip or system on chip in a core network device, and the method includes: determining a first paging message, and sending the first paging message to a first terminal device through an access network device; wherein the first paging message includes identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device is less than 48, it is possible to reduce signaling overhead while ensuring user security, reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, and facilitate energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits, the signaling overhead can be further reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, and it is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device through the access network device, the method also includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device through the access network device; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a candidate length of the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can receive the first paging information according to the candidate length, and the first paging information that does not meet the candidate length can be ignored, thereby reducing the receiving power consumption of the first terminal device.
  • identification information of the first terminal device is sent to the first terminal device via an access network device.
  • the method before sending the first paging information to the first terminal device through the access network device, the method also includes: receiving one or more of the following from the access network device or the first terminal device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the access network device or the core network device sends the first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectation of the first terminal device.
  • the method before sending a first paging information to a first terminal device through an access network device, the method also includes: receiving second capability information from the access network device or the first terminal device; wherein the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability and whether the terminal device supports entering a low power consumption mode.
  • the access network device can send a first paging message to the first terminal device that supports low power consumption.
  • first information is received from an access network device or a first terminal device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a delay requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the access network device or the core network device can send corresponding first paging information to the first terminal device according to the expectations of the first terminal device.
  • the first information from the access network device or the first terminal device is received through one or more of the following signaling: registration information, non-access layer NAS information.
  • the first terminal device when it sends the first information to the access network device or the core network device, it can use a static reporting method or a dynamic reporting method, such as the access network device triggering the report or the first terminal device actively reporting, without restriction.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the first terminal device in the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect to implement the function performed by the first terminal device.
  • the communication device can be the first terminal device, or it can be a chip or a system on chip of the first terminal device, etc.
  • the communication device can perform the function performed by the first terminal device through hardware, or it can perform the corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module. When the communication device is the first terminal device, the transceiver module can be a radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the transceiver module can be a communication interface, which is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component to realize the transceiver of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive a first paging message from an access network device, and the processing module is used to determine whether the identification information of one or more terminal devices includes the identification information of the first terminal device according to the first paging message; wherein the first paging message includes the identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the first terminal device includes a first receiver and a second receiver; a transceiver module, specifically used to receive the first paging information through the first receiver; or, a transceiver module, specifically used to receive the first part of the bit information of the first paging information through the first receiver, and receive the second part of the bit information of the first paging information through the second receiver.
  • power consumption of the first receiver is less than power consumption of the second receiver.
  • the transceiver module receives the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; or, if the identification information of the terminal device includes the second identification information and the third identification information, the transceiver module receives the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver;
  • the sending module receives the second identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; if the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the transceiver module receives the third identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; or, if the identification information of the terminal device includes the second identification information, the fourth identification information and the fifth identification information, the transceiver module receives the second identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; if the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the transceiver module receives the fourth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver;
  • the processing module is further used to wake up the second receiver for network access if the first paging information received by the first receiver includes identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the processing module is further used to wake up the second receiver to receive the second part of the bit information of the first paging information if the first part of the bit information received by the first receiver is the same as the first part of the bit information of the identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the first part of the bit information is the first part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the second part of the bit information is the second part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the first identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the third identification information
  • the first part of the bit information includes the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information
  • the second part of the bit information includes the second part of the third identification information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive a first paging message from an access network device based on a candidate length of the first paging message; wherein the candidate length is predefined; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive a first indication message from the access network device, and the first indication message is used to indicate the candidate length.
  • the identification information of the first terminal device is predefined; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive the identification information of the first terminal device from the access network device or the core network device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send one or more of the following to the access network device or the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive first capability information from the access network device, and send second capability information to the access network device or the core network device based on the first capability information; wherein the first capability information is used to indicate whether the access network device has low power consumption capability; the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability and whether the terminal device supports entering a low power consumption mode.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send first information to the access network device or the core network device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a delay requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to carry the first information in one or more of the following signaling and send it to the access network device or the core network device: registration information, non-access layer NAS information, uplink control information, hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information, buffer status report; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive fifth indication information from the access network device, and send the first information to the access network device or the core network device according to the fifth indication information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to report the first information; or, the transceiver module is also used to send the first information to the access network device or the core network device if the processing module determines that the configuration information sent by the access network device to the first terminal device does not meet the configuration requirements of the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive a sixth indication information from the access network device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate the period of the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information; the period is determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the transceiver module is further used to receive seventh indication information from the access network device; wherein the seventh indication information is used to indicate a determination rule for a period of monitoring the first paging information by the first terminal device, and the determination rule includes if a terminal device-specific The discontinuous reception DRX cycle or paging cycle of the first terminal device is used to determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the minimum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle, or the determination rule includes if the high layer has configured a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the maximum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle and the preset cycle, or the determination rule includes if the high layer has not configured a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the preset cycle.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive an eighth indication information from the access network device; wherein the eighth indication information is used to indicate the time and frequency resources allocated by the access network device to the first terminal device; the time and frequency resources are determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • modules involved in the fourth aspect or the possible design of the fourth aspect can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the first aspect mentioned above.
  • the beneficial effects can also refer to the relevant description of the first aspect mentioned above, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the access network device in the above second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect to implement the functions performed by the above access network device.
  • the communication device can be an access network device, or a chip or system on chip of the access network device, etc.
  • the communication device can perform the functions performed by the above access network device through hardware, or can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module can be a radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the transceiver module can be a communication interface, which is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component to realize the transceiver of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the processing module is used to determine the first paging information, and the transceiver module is used to send the first paging information to the first terminal device; wherein the first paging information includes identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the first paging information from the core network device.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send the first indication information to the first terminal device; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive the first indication information from the core network device and send the first indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the candidate length of the first paging information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send identification information of the first terminal device to the first terminal device; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive identification information of the first terminal device from the core network device, and send the identification information of the first terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive one or more of the following from the first terminal device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; send one or more of the following to the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; or receive one or more of the following from the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send first capability information; wherein the first capability information is used to indicate whether the access network device has low power consumption capability; the transceiver module is also used to receive second capability information from the first terminal device; wherein the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability, whether the terminal device supports entering low power consumption mode; the transceiver module is also used to send the second capability information to the core network device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the first information from the first terminal device and send the first information to the core network device. information; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive the first information from the core network device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a delay requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the first information from the first terminal device through one or more of the following signaling: registration information, non-access layer NAS information, uplink control information, hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information, buffer status report; or, the transceiver module is also used to send fifth indication information to the first terminal device, and receive the first information from the first terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to report the first information; or, the transceiver module is also used to receive the first information from the first terminal device if the configuration information sent to the first terminal device does not meet the configuration requirements of the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send a sixth indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate the period of the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information; the period is determined according to one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send a seventh indication message to the first terminal device; wherein the seventh indication message is used to indicate a determination rule for a period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information, and the determination rule includes if a higher layer has configured a discontinuous reception DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to a minimum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle; or, the determination rule includes if a higher layer has configured a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to a maximum value between the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle; or, the determination rule includes if a higher layer has not configured a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according
  • the transceiver module is also used to send an eighth indication information to the first terminal device; wherein the eighth indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency resources allocated to the first terminal device; the time-frequency resources are determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • modules involved in the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the second aspect mentioned above.
  • the beneficial effects can also refer to the relevant description of the second aspect mentioned above, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the core network device in the third aspect or the possible design of the third aspect to implement the functions performed by the core network device.
  • the communication device can be a core network device, or a chip or system on chip of the core network device, etc.
  • the communication device can perform the functions performed by the core network device through hardware, or can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module can be a radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the transceiver module can be a communication interface, which is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component to realize the transceiver of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • the processing module is used to determine the first paging information, and the transceiver module is used to send the first paging information to the first terminal device through the access network device; wherein the first paging information includes identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes first identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and third identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information; or, the identification information of the terminal device includes second identification information and first identification information; wherein the first identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element; the second identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the third identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group; the fourth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device; the fifth identification information is used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device subgroup; the terminal device group includes one or more terminal device subgroups.
  • the identification information of each terminal device is less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send first indication information to the first terminal device through the access network device; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a candidate length of the first paging information.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send an identification signal of the first terminal device to the first terminal device via the access network device. interest.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive one or more of the following from the access network device or the first terminal device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive; the third indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver; and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive second capability information from the access network device or the first terminal device; wherein the second capability information is used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability and whether the terminal device supports entering a low power consumption mode.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive first information from the access network device or the first terminal device; wherein the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following: a modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, an encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, a delay requirement of the first terminal device, a power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, a paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, a coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and a sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive the first information from the access network device or the first terminal device through one or more of the following signaling: registration information, non-access layer NAS information.
  • modules involved in the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the third aspect mentioned above.
  • the beneficial effects can also refer to the relevant description of the third aspect mentioned above, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising one or more processors; the one or more processors are used to run a computer program or instruction, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instruction or instruction, the communication device executes the communication method as described in any one of the first to third aspects.
  • the communication device can be a first terminal device, an access network device, or a core network device, or can be a chip or system on chip of the first terminal device, the access network device, or the core network device.
  • the communication device further includes one or more memories, the one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store the above-mentioned computer programs or instructions.
  • the memory is located outside the communication device. In another possible implementation, the memory is located inside the communication device.
  • the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive information and/or send information.
  • the communication device also includes one or more communication interfaces, the one or more communication interfaces are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more communication interfaces are used to communicate with other modules outside the communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes an input/output interface and a logic circuit; the input/output interface is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the communication method described in any one of the first to third aspects, and process and/or generate information based on the information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer instructions or programs.
  • the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the communication method described in any one of the first to third aspects is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising computer instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method described in any one of the first to third aspects to be executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method described in any one of the first to third aspects to be executed.
  • the technical effects brought about by any design method in the seventh to eleventh aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by any design method in the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
  • a communication method which may include the communication method as described in the first aspect, the communication method as described in the second aspect, and the communication method as described in the third aspect.
  • a communication system which may include the first terminal device as described in the fourth aspect, the access network device as described in the fifth aspect, and the core network device as described in the sixth aspect.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a 5G-S-TMSI provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of identification information of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of performing paging configuration on a first terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a diagram showing the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system Its design and development targets mobile phones and vertical use cases. In addition to latency, reliability and feasibility, terminal equipment energy efficiency is also critical to 5G. 5G devices may need to be charged weekly or daily, depending on individual usage time. Generally speaking, 5G devices consume tens of milliwatts in radio resource control (RRC) idle/inactive state and hundreds of milliwatts in RRC connected state. Designing for extended battery life is a prerequisite for improving energy efficiency and better user experience.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Energy efficiency is even more critical for end devices without continuous energy sources, such as those using small rechargeable batteries and single-coin batteries.
  • vertical use scenarios such as sensors and actuators are widely deployed for monitoring, measurement, charging, etc., usually, their batteries are non-rechargeable and are expected to be used for at least a few years.
  • IoT scenarios such as wearable devices including smart watches, rings, electronic health-related devices and medical monitoring devices, it is challenging to maintain a battery life of up to 1-2 weeks while maintaining performance at typical battery capacities.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device may depend on the length of the wake-up cycle configured for the terminal device, for example, in the RRC idle state, the power consumption depends on the configured paging cycle.
  • the longer the configured paging cycle the longer the terminal device will be in sleep state to achieve energy saving.
  • eDRX extended discontinuous reception
  • eDRX In the fire detection and fire extinguishing use case, within 1 to 2 seconds after the sensor detects the fire, the fire shutters should be closed and the fire sprinklers should be opened by the actuator.
  • the longer eDRX cycle cannot meet the latency requirements. eDRX is obviously not suitable for scenarios with high latency requirements. Therefore, it is particularly important to study technologies that can support ultra-low power consumption mechanisms and achieve ultra-low latency goals.
  • the terminal device For the discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism, the terminal device needs to wake up periodically once in each DRX cycle. When the terminal device is in the wake-up state, but there is no signaling and data service transmission during the wake-up period, the terminal device is in an invalid wake-up state, and the power consumption during this period occupies a dominant position in the overall power consumption of the terminal device. If the terminal device wakes up only when it needs to transmit signaling or data services, such as receiving its own paging information, the power consumption of the terminal device can be greatly reduced, achieving energy saving of the terminal device, which is also an important means to further improve the user experience.
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • the terminal device can turn on the receiver to receive downlink data and signaling when it needs to receive downlink data and signaling, and turn off the receiver and stop receiving downlink data and signaling in other time periods. In this way, the terminal device does not need to continuously monitor the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), thereby saving the power consumption of the terminal device and extending its use time.
  • the DRX mechanism can be applied to the RRC connected state, the RRC inactive state, and the RRC idle state.
  • the terminal device When the DRX mechanism is applied to the RRC connected state, in the DRX working mode, the terminal device needs to periodically turn on the receiver to listen to possible incoming signaling.
  • the time period for turning on the receiver is called the on-duration time.
  • the duration of this time period can be set by the parameter DRX on-duration timer (drx-onDurationTimer) configured in the RRC signaling.
  • the DRX cycle can be divided into an active period and a dormant period according to the state, wherein the time period when the terminal device turns on the receiver and listens to the PDCCH channel is called the DRX active period.
  • Each DRX cycle consists of an On Duration Time and a possible dormant period.
  • the On Duration Time state may not be followed by a dormant period but may also be an active period.
  • the DRX active period includes the time period when the On Duration Time and DRX-related timers are in the working state.
  • the access network device can configure the DRX-related timer to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the DRX-related timer may include one or more of the following: drx-onDurationTimer, DRX inactivity timer (drx-InactivityTimer), DRX short cycle timer (drx-ShortCycleTimer), DRX downlink retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerDL), DRX uplink timer (drx-uplinkTimerDL), DRX downlink retransmission ...
  • DRX downlink hybrid automatic repeat request round trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL), DRX uplink hybrid automatic repeat request round trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL).
  • the access network device may configure the DRX mechanism for the terminal device by sending DRX configuration (drx-Config) information carrying DRX configuration parameters to the terminal device.
  • DRX configuration (drx-Config) information carrying DRX configuration parameters
  • the access network device may also carry the DRX configuration parameters in a DRX configuration secondary group (DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) and send it to the terminal device.
  • DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup a DRX configuration secondary group
  • the terminal device entering the DRX working mode does not mean that it immediately enters the DRX cycle. Only when some conditions are met will the drx-onDurationTimer be started immediately to enter a DRX cycle.
  • DRX cycles can be divided into long DRX cycles and short DRX cycles by type. Taking the long DRX cycle as an example, the access network device configures the parameters drx-LongCycle and drxStartOffset of the DRX long cycle length through RRC signaling.
  • SFN system frame number
  • drxStartOffset [(SFN ⁇ 10)+subframe number] modulo (longDRX-Cycle).
  • the C-DRX mechanism is mainly used to control the PDCCH scrambled by the following radio network temporary identifier (RNTI): semi-persistence scheduling-channel state information-RNTI (SPS-CSI-RNTI), cell-RNTI (C-RNTI), transmit power control-physical uplink control channel-RNTI (TPC-PUCCH-RNTI), transmit power control-physical uplink shared channel-RNTI (TPC-PUSCH-RNTI) and transmit power control-sounding reference signal-RNTI (TPC-SRS-RNTI).
  • RNTI radio network temporary identifier
  • SPS-CSI-RNTI semi-persistence scheduling-channel state information-RNTI
  • C-RNTI cell-RNTI
  • TPC-PUCCH-RNTI transmit power control-physical uplink control channel-RNTI
  • TPC-PUSCH-RNTI transmit power control-physical uplink shared channel-RNTI
  • TPC-SRS-RNTI transmit power control-sounding reference signal-RNTI
  • SI-RNTI system information-RNTI
  • RA-RNTI random access-RNTI
  • temporary-CRNTI temporary-CRNTI
  • the terminal device may monitor one paging opportunity in each DRX cycle.
  • Each paging opportunity includes a set of PDCCH monitoring opportunities and also includes multiple time slots (such as subframes or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols) for the access network device to send paging downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI paging downlink control information
  • a paging frame is a radio frame that may include one or more paging opportunities or the starting point of a paging opportunity.
  • the terminal device assumes that the same paging information and the same short message are repeated in all transmitted beams, so the selection of beams for receiving paging information and short messages depends on the implementation of the terminal device.
  • the paging information initiated by the access network device and the paging information initiated by the core network device are the same.
  • the terminal device After receiving the paging initiated by the access network device, the terminal device can initiate the RRC connection recovery process. If the terminal device receives the paging initiated by the core network device in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device moves to the RRC idle state and notifies the non-access stratum (NAS).
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the paging frame and the paging occasion may be determined by the following formula:
  • i_s floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns.
  • T represents the DRX cycle or paging cycle of the terminal device
  • N represents the total number of paging frames within T
  • UE_ID represents the identification information (identifier, ID) of the terminal device
  • Ns represents the number of paging opportunities in each paging frame
  • PF_offset represents the offset when determining the paging frame.
  • T is determined by the minimum value of the terminal device-specific DRX cycle or paging information cycle and the default value of T.
  • T uses the default value.
  • the default value of T can be the DRX cycle or paging information cycle configured by the access network device through RRC signaling.
  • the paging cycle can have the following candidate values: 32 radio frames, 64 radio frames, 128 radio frames, 256 radio frames. If eDRX is configured, the paging cycle of eDRX can have the following candidate values: 256 radio frames, 512 radio frames, 1024 radio frames.
  • the 5G globally unique temporary UE identity (G-GUTI) can be used as the identification information of the terminal device in the 5G system.
  • the shortened form of 5G-GUTI can be further used: 5G S-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G-S-TMSI) as the identification information of the terminal device is carried in the above paging information.
  • the size of the information element (IE) 5G-S-TMSI can be 48 bits (48 bits), and the 5G-S-TMSI can be composed of the following three parts: access and mobility management function set ID (AMF Set ID), AMF pointer (AMF Pointer), and 5G-TMSI.
  • AMF Set ID access and mobility management function set ID
  • AMF Pointer AMF pointer
  • 5G-TMSI 5G-TMSI.
  • AMF Set ID is the AMF group ID that uniquely identifies the AMF group in the AMF area, occupying 10 bits.
  • AMF Pointer is used to identify the AMF pointer of one or more AMFs in the AMF set, occupying 6 bits.
  • AMF Set ID and AMF Pointer can also be described as the identification information of AMF.
  • 5G-TMSI is used to identify a clear terminal equipment identifier (UE ID) within the AMF, and can also be described as the identification information of the terminal equipment within the AMF, occupying 32 bits.
  • the size of 5G-S-TMSI is 48 bits, which can represent the number of terminal devices that can be accommodated in the network as 2 ⁇ 48.
  • the use of 48 bits may be a bit "over-designed". For example, in scenarios with less business, there are fewer terminal devices waiting to be served, waiting to be woken up, or waiting to be paged in the network. For example, if the number of terminal devices is 2 ⁇ 20, only 20 bits are needed to distinguish each terminal device. If the identification information of the terminal device is configured as 20 bits, 28 bits can be saved.
  • the above DRX parameters are configured based on each medium access control (MAC) entity.
  • MAC medium access control
  • Different types of terminal devices or services will result in different requirements for DRX parameters.
  • IoT terminals and enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) terminals have different requirements for paging wake-up cycles and latency. If the same DRX cycle or paging cycle is used, if the DRX cycle or paging cycle is selected to be smaller, there will be too many invalid wake-up opportunities for terminal devices with less frequent use, and the terminal device energy saving will not be utilized.
  • the terminal device can include the IE of the requested DRX parameters in the registration request message sent to the AMF.
  • the DRX-related parameters included in the registration request message can indicate the DRX parameters that the terminal device expects to be configured, and can also be used for the DRX cycle value or paging cycle value to be used when the network indicates paging.
  • 4 bits may be used to indicate the DRX cycle value used for paging.
  • 0000 may be used to indicate that a DRX cycle value is not specified;
  • the terminal device reports the requested DRX parameters to the core network device, it only supports the reporting process of the expected value of the paging cycle.
  • the terminal device needs to report the expected DRX parameter value related to the new paging mechanism, such as adding information related to the new paging mechanism in the registration request message, so that the network and the terminal device can reach a consensus on the configuration of the DRX parameters and achieve the purpose of energy saving of the terminal device. Therefore, a new process needs to be designed to adapt to the new paging mechanism.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a first terminal device receives a first paging message from an access network device, and determines whether the identification information of one or more terminal devices includes the identification information of the first terminal device according to the first paging message; wherein the first paging message includes the identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices is less than 48.
  • the signaling overhead can be reduced while ensuring user security, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, and the energy saving of the terminal device can be facilitated.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used in any communication system, which can be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, a 5G mobile communication system, a new radio (NR) communication system, a new radio vehicle to everything (NR V2X) system, and can also be applied to a system in which LTE and 5G are hybrid networked, or a non-terrestrial network (non-terrestrial network, NTN) systems, device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of Things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems, such as 6G and other future communication systems, can also be non-3GPP communication systems without restriction.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • NR V2X new radio vehicle to everything
  • NTN non-terrestrial network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include one or more terminal devices, access network devices (or described as wireless access network devices), and core network devices.
  • the core network devices may include network elements such as mobility management network elements.
  • the terminal device in Fig. 3 may include a first receiver (or described as an auxiliary receiver) and a second receiver (or described as a main receiver).
  • the first receiver may be a separate receiver independent of the second receiver.
  • the first receiver can be used to receive an ultra-low power monitoring wake-up signal (such as paging information), which can trigger the first receiver to turn on.
  • the power consumption of the monitoring wake-up signal can depend on the wake-up signal design and the hardware module of the wake-up receiver used for signal detection and processing.
  • the second receiver can be used to perform one or more of the following: receiving a wake-up signal (such as paging information), performing random access, performing radio resource management (RRM) measurement, performing synchronization broadcast block (synchronization signal/PBCH, SSB) synchronization, and performing data transmission.
  • the wake-up signal can be used to trigger the second receiver to turn on. Unless the second receiver is turned on, the second receiver can be turned off or set to deep sleep.
  • the power consumption (or power consumption per unit time) of the first receiver is less than the power consumption (or power consumption per unit time) of the second receiver, or the complexity of the first receiver is less than the complexity of the second receiver.
  • the terminal device can achieve higher energy saving gain by using the first receiver and the second receiver.
  • the design can be targeted primarily at low power (LP) wake-up signal (WUS)/wake-up receiver (WUR) for power-sensitive, small devices, including IoT use cases (e.g., industrial sensors, controllers) and wearables. Other use cases are not excluded, such as extended reality (XR)/smart glasses, smartphones.
  • LP low power
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • WUR wake-up receiver
  • IoT use cases e.g., industrial sensors, controllers
  • Other use cases are not excluded, such as extended reality (XR)/smart glasses, smartphones.
  • the terminal device may be located within the cell coverage of the access network device, and the terminal device may be connected to the access network device in a wireless manner.
  • the terminal device may communicate with the access network device via an uplink (UL) or a downlink (DL).
  • the terminal device may send uplink data to the access network device via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in the UL direction; the access network device may send downlink data to the terminal device via a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in the DL direction.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the terminal device in FIG3 may also communicate with the core network device through a specific interface.
  • the terminal device may communicate with the mobility management network element in the core network device through the N1 interface.
  • the terminal device in Figure 3 can be a device with wireless transceiver function or a chip or chip system that can be set in the device, which can allow users to access the network and is a device for providing voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the terminal device can be fixed or movable.
  • the terminal device can also be called user equipment (UE), subscriber unit, terminal or mobile station (MS) or mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • the terminal device in Figure 3 can be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the terminal equipment can also be VR terminal, AR terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in unmanned driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, machine type communication (MTC) terminal on-board terminal, vehicle with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capability, intelligent connected vehicle, drone with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capability, etc., without restriction.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the access network device in Figure 3 can be any device deployed in the access network that can communicate wirelessly with the terminal device, or it can be described as an access device that the terminal device uses to access the communication system wirelessly. It can also be a chip or chip system that can be set in the above device, mainly used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control and mobility management functions.
  • the access network device can also be connected to the core network device wirelessly or wired.
  • the access network device can be a device that supports wired access or a device that supports wireless access.
  • the access network device can be an access network (access network)
  • the AN/RAN device is composed of multiple AN/RAN nodes.
  • the AN/RAN node may be: an access point (AP), a base station (nodeB, NB), a macro base station, a micro base station (or described as a small station), a relay station, an enhanced base station (enhance nodeB, eNB), a next generation eNB (next generation eNB, ng-eNB), a next generation base station (next generation nodeB, gNB), a base station in a 5G communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system or an access node in a wireless-fidelity (WiFi) system, a transmission reception point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), a transmission measurement function (TMF), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device or some other access node, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the access network device.
  • the access network equipment may also be of a centralized unit (CU)/distributed unit (DU) architecture, in which case the access network equipment may include two network elements, CU and DU; the access network equipment may also be of a control plane-user plane (CP-UP) architecture, in which case the access network equipment may include three network elements, namely the CU control plane (CU-CP), the CU user plane (CU-UP) and the DU, without restriction.
  • CU-CP CU control plane
  • CU-UP control plane-user plane
  • the access network device and the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; can also be deployed on the water surface; can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the access network device and the terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to downlink signal transmission, uplink signal transmission, and D2D signal transmission.
  • the sending device is an access network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal device.
  • the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is an access network device.
  • the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is also a terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the transmission direction of the signal.
  • the access network device and the terminal device, and the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate through the authorized spectrum, and can also communicate through the unlicensed spectrum, or can also communicate through the authorized spectrum and the unlicensed spectrum at the same time.
  • the access network device and the terminal device, and the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate through the spectrum below 6G, and can also communicate through the spectrum above 6G, and can also use the spectrum below 6G and the spectrum above 6G at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resources used between the access network device and the terminal device.
  • the core network equipment in FIG3 is mainly responsible for providing user connections, user management, and service carrying, and serves as an interface to the external network as a bearer network.
  • the core network device and the access network device can be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the access network device can be integrated on the same physical device, or one physical device can integrate part of the functions of the core network device and part of the functions of the access network device, or it can be a chip or chip system that can be set on the above devices, without limitation.
  • the mobility management network element in the core network equipment is an access and mobility management function for terminal devices deployed in the wireless core network. It is mainly responsible for the access authentication, mobility management, and signaling interaction between various functional network elements of the terminal equipment, such as: managing the user's registration status, user connection status, user registration and network entry, tracking area update, cell switching user authentication and key security, etc. It can also provide a session management message transmission channel for terminal devices and session management network elements, and provide authentication and authorization functions for user access. It is the access point for terminal devices and wireless core network control plane.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the mobility management network element may be the AMF in the 5G communication system.
  • terminal device, access network device and core network device of the embodiment of the present application can be one or more chips, or a system on chip (SOC), etc.
  • Figure 3 is only an exemplary figure, and the number of devices included is not limited.
  • the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices.
  • the names of each device and each link in Figure 3 are not limited. In addition to the names shown in Figure 3, each device and each link can also be named by other names without limitation.
  • each terminal device, access network device, and core network device can adopt the composition structure shown in Figure 4, or include the components shown in Figure 4.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 400 can be a terminal device or a chip or a system on chip in a terminal device; it can also be an access network device or a chip or a system on chip in an access network device; it can also be a core network device or a chip or a system on chip in a core network device.
  • the communication device 400 includes a processor 401, a transceiver 402, and a communication line 403.
  • the communication device 400 may also include a memory 404.
  • the processor 401, the memory 404 and the transceiver 402 The two may be connected via a communication line 403 .
  • the processor 401 is a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a programmable logic device (PLD), or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 401 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules, without limitation.
  • the transceiver 402 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks.
  • the other communication networks may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the transceiver 402 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver or any device capable of achieving communication.
  • the communication line 403 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 400.
  • the memory 404 is used to store instructions, where the instructions may be computer programs.
  • the memory 404 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and/or instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, etc., without limitation.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • optical disc storage including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.
  • magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices etc., without limitation.
  • the memory 404 can exist independently of the processor 401, or can be integrated with the processor 401.
  • the memory 404 can be used to store instructions or program codes or some data, etc.
  • the memory 404 can be located in the communication device 400, or can be located outside the communication device 400, without limitation.
  • the processor 401 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 404 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4 .
  • the communication device 400 includes multiple processors.
  • it may also include a processor 407 .
  • the communication device 400 further includes an output device 405 and an input device 406.
  • the input device 406 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone or a joystick
  • the output device 405 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.
  • the communication device 400 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure as shown in FIG4.
  • the composition structure shown in FIG4 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application is described, wherein the first terminal device may be any terminal device in the communication system shown in FIG3 , the access network device may be any access network device in the communication system shown in FIG3 , and the core network device may be any core network device in the communication system shown in FIG3 .
  • the terminal device, access network device, and core network device described in the following embodiments may all have the components shown in FIG4 .
  • the processing performed by a single execution subject (terminal device or access network device or core network device) shown in the embodiments of the present application may also be divided into executions by multiple execution subjects, and these execution subjects may be logically and/or physically separated without restriction.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the method may include:
  • Step 501 an access network device sends a first paging message; correspondingly, a first terminal device receives the first paging message from the access network device.
  • Step 502 The first terminal device determines, based on the first paging information, whether the identification information of one or more terminal devices includes the identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the first paging information may include identification information of one or more terminal devices, and the number of bits of the identification information of each terminal device in the one or more terminal devices may be less than 48.
  • the one or more terminal devices may also be described as paged terminal devices.
  • the identification information of each terminal device may be 32 bits.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may include the following: 32 bits of identification information of the terminal device in the AMF; or, the identification information of the terminal device may be less than 32 bits, such as the identification information of the terminal device may be identification information of less than 32 bits after processing the 32-bit identification information of the terminal device in the AMF as shown in FIG. 2; or, the identification information of the terminal device may be greater than 32 bits and less than 48 bits, such as the identification information of the terminal device may include the 16-bit AMF identification information as shown in FIG. 2, and identification information of less than 32 bits after processing the 32-bit identification information of the terminal device in the AMF as shown in FIG. 2, etc., without limitation.
  • the paged terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device through a random access process based on the first paging information.
  • the first paging information can also be described as temporary paging information.
  • the temporary paging information can be statically configured by the access network device or core network device (such as predefined), dynamically indicated by the access network device or core network device, or specific to the terminal device, without limitation.
  • the first paging information may be determined by the access network device and sent to the terminal device, or may be determined by the core network device and sent to the terminal device via the access network device, without limitation.
  • a process of a terminal device receiving a first paging message is described by taking a first terminal device as an example.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may include first identification information.
  • the first identification information may be used to indicate identification information of a mobility management network element associated with the terminal device and identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element.
  • the first identification information may be used to indicate identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element.
  • the identification information of the mobility management network element associated with the terminal device may be the 16-bit AMF identification information as shown in Figure 2, and the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element may be less than 32 bits.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be determined based on the temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI).
  • TMSI temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of TMSI and 1024 (TMSI mod1024).
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of TMSI and 1000 (TMSI mod1000).
  • the TMSI is set to prevent illegal individuals or groups from stealing the real international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI) of mobile customers or tracking the location of mobile customers by monitoring the signaling exchange on the wireless path, and is constantly replaced.
  • the replacement cycle can be set by the network operator. The faster the frequency of replacement, the better the confidentiality, which may affect the life of the customer's subscriber identity module (SIM) card.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can also be determined based on the international mobile equipment identity (IMEI).
  • IMEI international mobile equipment identity
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of IMEI and 1024 (IMEI mod1024).
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of IMEI and 1000 (IMEI mod1000).
  • IMEI is a 15-digit "electronic serial number" that corresponds to each mobile phone and is unique in the world. Each mobile phone will be assigned a unique number after assembly, and this number will be recorded by the manufacturer from production to delivery.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element may also be determined according to the IMSI.
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of IMSI and 1024 (IMSI mod1024).
  • the value of the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be equal to the modulus of IMSI and 1000 (IMSI mod1000).
  • IMSI is a mark that distinguishes mobile users. It is stored in the SIM card and can be used to distinguish the valid information of mobile users. Its total length does not exceed 15 digits, and it also uses numbers from 0 to 9.
  • the mobile country code is the code of the country to which the mobile user belongs, which occupies 3 digits.
  • the mobile country code of China is 460.
  • the mobile network code is the mobile network number, which consists of a maximum of two digits and is used to identify the mobile communication network to which the mobile user belongs.
  • the mobile phone user ID number is the mobile user identification code, which is used to identify the mobile in a mobile communication network. user.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element may be less than or equal to 32 bits.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element can be the 32-bit identification information of the terminal device in the AMF as shown in Figure 2, or it can be determined according to the TMSI (such as equal to the modulus value of the TMSI and 1024, or equal to the modulus value of the TMSI and 1000), or it can be determined according to the IMEI (such as equal to the modulus value of the IMEI and 1024, or equal to the modulus value of the IMEI and 1000), or it can be determined according to the IMSI (such as equal to the modulus value of the IMSI and 1024, or equal to the modulus value of the IMSI and 1000), without limitation.
  • TMSI such as equal to the modulus value of the TMSI and 1024, or equal to the modulus value of the TMSI and 1000
  • IMEI such as equal to the modulus value of the IMEI and 1024, or equal to the modulus value of the IMEI and 1000
  • IMSI such as equal to the modulus value
  • the identification information of the terminal device may include second identification information and third identification information.
  • the second identification information may be used to indicate identification information of a terminal device group associated with the terminal device; and the third identification information may be used to indicate identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group.
  • the core network device or the access network device can group the terminal devices, and determine the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device and the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group according to the grouping result.
  • the terminal devices can be grouped according to one or more of the following parameters: paging cycle, service type, communication frequency, communication time, latency requirements, power consumption requirements, cell load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirements, and sensitivity requirements.
  • terminal devices with the same paging cycle can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with the same service type can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with communication frequencies within the same frequency range can be grouped into the same terminal device, or terminal devices with communication times within the same time range can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with delay requirements within the same delay range can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with power consumption requirements within the same power consumption range can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices in cells with cell loads within the same load range can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with the same modulation mode can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with the same coding mode can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with coverage requirements within the same coverage range can be grouped into the same terminal device group, or terminal devices with sensitivity requirements within the same sensitivity range can be grouped into the same terminal device group.
  • the identification information of the terminal devices in the terminal device groups may be the same or different without limitation.
  • the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device occupies 2 bits and the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device group occupies 2 bits
  • terminal device group 1 includes terminal device 1 and terminal device 2
  • terminal device group 2 includes terminal device 3 and terminal device 4
  • the identification information of terminal device 1 to terminal device 4 can be 0000, 0001, 0110, 0111 respectively, wherein the first 2 bits 00 represent terminal device group 1, and 01 represents terminal device group 2; the last two bits 00 represent terminal device 1, 01 represents terminal device 2, 10 represents terminal device 3, and 11 represents terminal device 4.
  • the identification information of terminal devices 1 to 4 may be 0000, 0001, 0100, 0101, respectively, wherein the first 2 bits 00 represent terminal device group 1, and when the current 2 bits are 00, the last two bits 00 represent terminal device 1, and 01 represents terminal device 2; the first 2 bits 01 represent terminal device group 2, and when the current 2 bits are 01, the last two bits 00 represent terminal device 3, and 01 represents terminal device 4.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may include second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information.
  • the second identification information can be used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device group associated with the terminal device;
  • the fourth identification information can be used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device sub-group associated with the terminal device;
  • the fifth identification information can be used to indicate the identification information of the terminal device in the terminal device sub-group;
  • a terminal device group can include one or more terminal device sub-groups.
  • the description of the terminal device group can refer to the relevant description of the terminal device group in the above-mentioned second possible design, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device group associated with the terminal device and/or the terminal device subgroup associated with the terminal device can be determined based on one or more of the following parameters: paging cycle, service type, communication frequency, communication time, latency requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the identification information of the terminal device subgroups can be the same or different; for different terminal device subgroups, the identification information of the terminal devices in the terminal device subgroups can be the same or different, without limitation.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may include the second identification information and the first identification information.
  • the second identification information may be used to indicate identification information of a terminal device group associated with the terminal device; the first identification information may be used to indicate identification information of a mobility management network element associated with the terminal device, and identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element, or, The first identification information can be used to indicate identification information of the terminal device in the mobility management network element.
  • the description of the first identification information can refer to the relevant description of the first identification information in the above-mentioned first possible design
  • the description of the second identification information can refer to the relevant description of the second identification information in the above-mentioned second possible design, and no further details are given.
  • the first terminal device may include a first receiver and a second receiver.
  • the first terminal device may receive the first paging information through the first receiver or through the first receiver and the second receiver.
  • the first terminal device When the first terminal device receives the first paging information through the first receiver and the second receiver, the first part of the bit information of the first paging information can be received through the first receiver, and the second part of the bit information of the first paging information can be received through the second receiver.
  • the description of the first receiver and the second receiver can refer to the relevant description of the terminal device in the aforementioned Figure 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal device may receive the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the first receiver of the first terminal device may compare the received first identification information with the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device according to the first paging information. If the first identification information received by the first receiver does not include the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to access the network.
  • the second receiver may access the network based on a random access procedure.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the second identification information and the third identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the first terminal device may receive the second identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; if the second identification information is different from the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not continue to receive the third identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the first receiver. If the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may continue to receive the third identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the third identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If the third identification information received by the first receiver is different from the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device may also compare the received second identification information with the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are different, there is no need to continue to compare the received third identification information with the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay. If they are the same, the received third identification information and the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device may continue to be compared. If they are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If they are different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device may also compare the received second identification information and third identification information with the second identification information and third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device after receiving the second identification information and the third identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver. If the second identification information and the third identification information are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If at least one of the second identification information and the third identification information is different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to access the network.
  • the second receiver may access the network based on a random access procedure.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires, and receive the second paging information through the second receiver. interest.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the first terminal device may receive the second identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; if the second identification information is different from the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not continue to receive the fourth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the first receiver.
  • the first terminal device may continue to receive the fourth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and if the fourth identification information is different from the fourth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not continue to receive the fifth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the first receiver.
  • the first terminal device may continue to receive the fifth identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and if the fifth identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the fifth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device according to the first paging information. If the fifth identification information received by the first receiver is different from the fifth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device may also compare the received second identification information with the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are different, there is no need to continue to compare the received fourth identification information with the fourth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay. If they are the same, there is no need to continue to compare the received fourth identification information with the fourth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are different, there is no need to continue to compare the received fifth identification information with the fifth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay.
  • the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If they are different, the first terminal device does not need to respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device may compare the received second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information with the second identification information, fourth identification information and fifth identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device. If the second identification information, the fourth identification information and the fifth identification information are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If at least one of the second identification information, the fourth identification information and the fifth identification information is different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to access the network.
  • the second receiver may access the network based on a random access procedure.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the second identification information and the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the first terminal device can receive the second identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver; if the second identification information is different from the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not continue to receive the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the first receiver. If the second identification information is the same as the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can continue to receive the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver.
  • the first identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If the first identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If the first identification information in the paging message is different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device may also compare the received second identification information with the second identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device. If they are different, there is no need to continue to compare the received first identification information with the first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay. If they are the same, the received first identification information and the first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device may continue to be compared. If they are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If they are different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device may also compare the received second identification information and first identification information with the second identification information and first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device after receiving the second identification information and the first identification information in the first paging information through the first receiver. If the second identification information and the first identification information are the same, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If at least one of the second identification information and the first identification information is different, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to access the network.
  • the second receiver may access the network based on a random access procedure.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the first part of the bit information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and receive the second part of the bit information in the first paging information through the second receiver.
  • the first part of the bit information may be the first part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the second part of the bit information may be the second part of the bit information of the first identification information
  • the first terminal device may first receive the first part of the bit information of the first paging information through the first receiver. If the first part of the bit information received by the first receiver is different from the first part of the bit information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not need to wake up the second receiver to receive the second part of the bit information in the first paging information, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the second receiver.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to continue to receive the second part of the bit information of the first paging information. If the second part of the bit information received by the second receiver is the same as the second part of the bit information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device according to the first paging information. If the second part of the bit information received by the second receiver is different from the second part of the bit information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the first part of the bit information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and receive the second part of the bit information in the first paging information through the second receiver.
  • the first part of the bit information may be the second identification information, and the second part of the bit information may be the first identification information.
  • the first terminal device may first receive the second identification information of the first paging information through the first receiver. If the second identification information received by the first receiver is different from the second identification information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not need to wake up the second receiver to receive the first identification information in the first paging information, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the second receiver. If the second identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the second identification information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to continue receiving the first paging information.
  • the first identification information received by the second receiver is the same as the first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device according to the first paging information. If the first identification information received by the second receiver is different from the first identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the first part of the bit information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and receive the second part of the bit information in the first paging information through the second receiver.
  • the first part of the bit information may be the second identification information, and the second part of the bit information may be the third identification information.
  • the first terminal device may first receive the second identification information of the first paging information through the first receiver. If the second identification information received by the first receiver is different from the second identification information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not need to wake up the second receiver to receive the third identification information in the first paging information, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the second receiver. If the second identification information received by the first receiver is the same as the second identification information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to continue to receive the third identification information of the first paging information.
  • the third identification information received by the second receiver is the same as the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If the third identification information received by the second receiver is different from the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first terminal device can receive the first part of the bit information in the first paging information through the first receiver, and receive the second part of the bit information in the first paging information through the second receiver.
  • the first part of the bit information may include the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information
  • the second part of the bit information may include the second part of the third identification information
  • the first terminal device may first receive the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information of the first paging information through the first receiver. If the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information received by the first receiver are different from the second identification information and the first part of the third identification information of the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not need to wake up the second receiver to receive the second part of the third identification information in the first paging information, thereby shortening the processing delay and reducing the receiving power consumption of the second receiver.
  • the first terminal device may wake up the second receiver to continue to receive the second part of the third identification information of the first paging information. If the second part of the third identification information received by the second receiver is the same as the second part of the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, it can be determined that the first paging information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device can establish a communication connection with the access network device based on the first paging information. If the second part of the third identification information received by the second receiver is different from the second part of the third identification information in the identification information of the first terminal device, the first terminal device may not respond to the first paging information.
  • the first terminal device can wake up the second receiver when the preset time period expires and receive the second paging information through the second receiver.
  • the second paging information may include identification information of the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • allocation rules of different types of first paging information may be applicable to different application scenarios.
  • type 1, type 2, type 3, and type 4 can be applied to scenarios with high low power consumption requirements.
  • the first receiver can independently complete the reception process of the first paging information without turning on the second receiver, and the power consumption is low.
  • type 1 can be applied to scenarios with light network load
  • type 2 and type 4 can be applied to scenarios with moderate network load
  • type 3 can be applied to scenarios with high network load. It can be understood that type 3 can degenerate into type 1 or type 2 or type 4, and the configuration is more flexible.
  • type 5, type 6, type 7, and type 8 can all be used in scenarios with low power consumption requirements.
  • the first receiver and the second receiver jointly complete the receiving process of the first paging information.
  • type 6 and type 7 can be respectively applicable to scenarios with poor channel state conditions and good channel state conditions.
  • Type 5 is a compromise solution between power consumption and delay.
  • Type 8 is a more compromise solution between type 1 and type 6.
  • the essence of the various types of first paging information receiving methods shown in FIG. 6 is to find a balance between the proportion of the first paging information received by the first receiver and the proportion of the first paging information received by the second receiver.
  • the first terminal device when it receives the first paging information, it can receive the first paging information from the access network device according to the candidate length of the first paging information (or the number of bits occupied by the candidate first paging information).
  • identification information of the terminal device carried in different first paging messages of different terminal devices may be predefined. That is, the first paging message may have different candidate lengths, and different identification information of the terminal device may be predefined for the same terminal device based on different candidate lengths of the first paging message. That is, there is a corresponding relationship between the candidate length of the first paging message and the identification information of the terminal device.
  • the number of bits occupied by the candidate first paging information may be 10 bits, 13 bits, 15 bits, 17 bits, 20 bits, 25 bits, 30 bits, 32 bits, 40 bits, 45 bits, 48 bits, etc.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may consist of 10 bits.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may consist of 32 bits.
  • the candidate length may be predefined, or may be dynamically indicated to the first terminal device by the access network device through the first indication information, or may be dynamically indicated to the first terminal device by the core network device through the access network device through the first indication information, that is, the first indication information may be used to indicate the candidate length.
  • the terminal device can only monitor the first paging information of these three lengths.
  • the length of the predefined candidate first paging information can also be dynamically indicated by the access network device or the core network device through the first indication information.
  • the access network device or the core network device may carry the first indication information in one or more of the following information and dynamically indicate it to the terminal device: system message, downlink control information, downlink data channel (ie, the first indication information may follow data transmission).
  • the identification information of the first terminal device may be predefined, or may be sent to the first terminal device by the access network device, or may be sent to the first terminal device by the core network device via the access network device.
  • the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information allocated by the core network device or the access network device may be dynamically allocated.
  • the core network device or the access network device can select an appropriate length of the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information according to the current network load situation, and dynamically allocate the identification information of the terminal device through dynamic signaling.
  • the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may be indicated by a system message.
  • the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may be indicated by downlink control information.
  • the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may be carried in a downlink data channel, that is, the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may follow the data transmission.
  • the terminal device may obtain its own terminal device identification information by performing multiple interactions with a core network device or an access network device.
  • the core network device may first send the corresponding predefined terminal device identification information to the terminal device through the access network device, and the predefined terminal device identification information may refer to the identification information of the terminal device bound to the specific terminal device.
  • the terminal device can know whether the paging process has paged itself according to its own identification information.
  • the core network device or access network device can allocate the identification information of the terminal device in a dynamic allocation manner.
  • the core network device or access network device and the terminal device may perform an additional information confirmation process to further reduce the false alarm rate and achieve further alignment of the core network device or access network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device after receiving the predefined identification information of the terminal device, the terminal device can transparently transmit its confirmation information to the core network device through the access network device. After receiving the confirmation information, the core network device can start the subsequent paging process.
  • the first terminal device may also send one or more of the following to the access network device or the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.
  • the first terminal device may send one or more of the following to the core network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.
  • the core network device may send one or more of the following received information to the access network device: second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.
  • the second indication information can be used to indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive;
  • the third indication information can be used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the first receiver;
  • the fourth indication information can be used to indicate the number of bits of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive through the second receiver.
  • the type of the first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive may be any one or more of the eight types shown in FIG. 6 above.
  • 3 bits may be used to represent the second indication information. For example, when the value of the second indication information is 000, it may indicate that the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive is type 1 as shown in FIG. 6 above; when the value of the second indication information is 001, it may indicate that the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive is type 2 as shown in FIG. 6 above; and when the value of the second indication information is 111, it may indicate that the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive is type 8 as shown in FIG. 6 above.
  • the third indication information and the fourth indication information can also indicate the type of first paging information that the first terminal device expects to receive, the number of bits carried in all or part of the first paging information that the first receiver expects to receive, and the number of bits carried in all or part of the first paging information received by the second receiver.
  • the access network device may also send first capability information to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may send second capability information to the access network device or the core network device based on the first capability information.
  • the access network device may use the method shown in FIG. 7 below to send a paging configuration to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device may receive the first paging information according to the paging configuration:
  • Step 701 The access network device broadcasts first capability information.
  • the first capability information may be used to indicate whether the access network device has low power consumption capability. Alternatively, the first capability information may also be used to indicate whether the access network device has LP-WUS/R capability, or to indicate whether the access network device has LP-WUS/R configuration.
  • the access network device may broadcast the first capability information through a system message, or may broadcast the first capability information through other public messages, without limitation.
  • Step 702 The first terminal device sends second capability information to the access network device or the core network device.
  • the second capability information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: whether the terminal device has low power consumption capability, whether the terminal device supports entering low power consumption mode. Alternatively, the second capability information may also be used to indicate whether the terminal device supports LP-WUS/R mode.
  • a terminal device with LP-WUS/R capability (such as the first terminal device) can send the second capability information to the access network device or the core network device.
  • the first terminal device may send the second capability information to the core network device through the access network device.
  • the first terminal device may send the second capability information to the core network device, and the core network device sends the second capability information to the access network device.
  • Step 703 The core network device sends first paging information and low power consumption mode information to the access network device.
  • the low power consumption mode information may be LP-WUS/R mode.
  • Step 704 The access network device sends a paging configuration to the first terminal device.
  • the access network device may include multiple sets of paging configuration candidates, and the access network device selects a paging configuration that can be configured for the first terminal device from the multiple sets of paging configurations.
  • the paging configuration may include configuration information such as the paging cycle.
  • Step 705 The core network device or the access network device sends a first paging message; correspondingly, the first terminal device receives the first paging message according to the paging configuration.
  • the first terminal device can be a LP-WUS/R terminal device.
  • the first terminal device when it sends the second capability information to the access network device or the core network device, it can also send the first information (or described as paging demand information, demand information, etc.) to the core network device, and the core network device sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the access network device can select a paging configuration that can be configured for the first terminal device from multiple sets of candidate paging configurations based on the first information.
  • the first terminal device can also directly send the first information to the access network device, and the access network device can also send the first information to the core network device.
  • the first information can be used to indicate one or more of the following: the modulation method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, the encoding method of the first paging information expected by the first terminal device, the delay requirement of the first terminal device, the power consumption requirement of the first terminal device, the paging cycle expected by the first terminal device, the coverage requirement expected by the first terminal device, and the sensitivity requirement expected by the first terminal device.
  • the modulation method of the first paging information can be one or more of the following: on-off keying (OOK) modulation method, frequency shift keying (FSK) modulation method, sequence-carrying paging information, index modulation (IM) method, amplitude shift keying (ASK), biphase shift keying (BPSK), etc., without limitation.
  • OOK on-off keying
  • FSK frequency shift keying
  • IM index modulation
  • ASK amplitude shift keying
  • BPSK biphase shift keying
  • the encoding method of the first paging information may be one or more of the following: Manchester encoding method, NB/MB encoding method, differential Manchester encoding method, non-return-to-zero code, non-return-to-zero inverted code, return-to-zero code, etc., without limitation.
  • the delay requirement of the first terminal device may be an absolute threshold value of the delay, or a delay level, or a delay range (or a range described as the absolute threshold value of the delay), etc.
  • the delay requirement of the first terminal device may also be a delay index.
  • the delay index may correspond to the absolute threshold value of the delay, or the delay level, or the delay range.
  • the correspondence between the delay level and the delay range can be predefined, and when the first terminal device reports the delay requirement, it can choose to report the delay level or the delay range.
  • the predefined correspondence can be in the form of a table as shown in Table 2, or in the form of a formula, or in the form of a list, without limitation.
  • the corresponding relationship between the delay level and the delay absolute threshold can be predefined.
  • the delay level is 1, the corresponding delay absolute threshold can be 10ms, and the delay level is 2, the corresponding delay absolute threshold can be 20ms.
  • the first terminal device may have a maximum power consumption tolerance value, which may be referred to as the power consumption capability of the first terminal device.
  • the power consumption requirement reported by the first terminal device needs to be within the power consumption capability of the first terminal device.
  • the power consumption requirement reported by the first terminal device may be an absolute threshold value of power consumption, or a power consumption level, or a power consumption range.
  • the correspondence between the power consumption level and the power consumption range, and the correspondence between the power consumption level and the absolute power consumption threshold value can refer to the above description of the delay level, delay range, and absolute delay threshold value.
  • the power consumption requirement reported by the first terminal device may also be a power consumption index, which may correspond to the absolute power consumption threshold value, or the power consumption level, or the power consumption range.
  • the first terminal device can report the expected paging cycle value.
  • the expected paging cycle can be 32 radio frames, or 64 radio frames, or 128 radio frames, or 256 radio frames. If the first terminal device is configured with eDRX, the first terminal device can report the expected eDRX cycle value.
  • the expected paging cycle can be 256 radio frames, or 512 radio frames, or 1024 radio frames.
  • the expected paging cycle reported by the first terminal device in addition to the reporting form of the absolute value of the paging cycle mentioned above, can also be the level of the reported paging cycle, or the range of the reported paging cycle, without limitation.
  • the specific reporting method can refer to the above description of the delay level, delay range, and delay absolute threshold value, which will not be repeated here.
  • the coverage requirement can also be described as a sensitivity requirement.
  • the coverage requirement may represent an absolute threshold value of coverage, or a level of coverage, or a coverage range (or in another example, the coverage requirement may also represent a coverage index, and there is a corresponding relationship between the coverage index and the absolute coverage threshold value, or the coverage level, or the coverage range.
  • the first terminal device can report the coverage level, and the access network device or the core network device can determine the expected coverage range of the first terminal device based on the coverage level.
  • the first terminal device may send the first information to the access network device or the core network device before receiving the first paging information, or may send the first information to the access network device or the core network device after receiving the first paging information, without restriction.
  • the core network device or the access network device when the core network device or the access network device sends the first paging information to the first terminal device, it can determine the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information based on the first information and dynamically allocate the first paging information.
  • the number of bits occupied by the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may be more (or described as long identification information, long ID) or less (or described as short identification information, short ID).
  • the number of bits occupied by the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information may be determined based on the first information.
  • the core network device or the access network device may determine the total number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information and the type of the identification information of the terminal device based on the first information.
  • the core network device or the access network device may determine the total number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information according to the modulation mode, coding mode, etc. indicated by the first information.
  • the core network device or the access network device may determine the total number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information according to the delay requirement, power consumption requirement, etc. indicated by the first information.
  • the number of bits occupied by each component of the identification information of the terminal device carried by each type of first paging message may have a preset candidate value, and the total number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device carried by the first paging message may also have a preset candidate value.
  • the core network device or the access network device may determine the total number of bits of the identification information of the terminal device carried by the first paging message from the candidate values of the total number of bits according to the modulation mode, coding mode, etc. indicated by the first information, and determine the number of bits occupied by each component of the identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging message from the candidate values of each component according to the delay requirement, power consumption requirement, etc. indicated by the first information, and then compose the first paging message.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device sends the first information to the core network device or the access network device, it can adopt a static reporting method to carry the first information in one or more of the following signaling and send it to the access network device or the core network device: registration information, non-access stratum (NAS) information, uplink control information, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback information, and buffer status report.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the first terminal device may carry the first information in the registration information and transmit it to the core network device by carrying it in the NAS information.
  • the first terminal device may carry the first information in the uplink control information and send it to the access network device.
  • the first terminal device may carry the first information in the HARQ feedback information and report it to the access network device.
  • the first terminal device may carry the first information in the buffer status report and report it to the access network device.
  • a dynamic reporting method can also be adopted, such as triggering the report through the access network device, or the first terminal device actively reporting.
  • the access network device when the access network device needs to optimize resource configuration, it needs to consider the needs of the first terminal device, and the access network device can dynamically trigger the first terminal device to report the first information by carrying the fifth indication information in the downlink control information.
  • the fifth indication information can be used to instruct the first terminal device to report the first information.
  • the first terminal device can actively report the first information.
  • the first terminal device can carry the first information in the uplink control information and send it to the access network device.
  • the first terminal device can carry the first information in the HARQ feedback information and report it to the access network device.
  • the first terminal device can carry the first information in the buffer status report and report it to the access network device.
  • the first terminal device can carry the first information in the registration information and carry it in the NAS information and transparently transmit it to the core network device.
  • different cells may correspond to different types of first paging information, and the same cell may also correspond to different types of first paging information at different times.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device is in the RRC idle state, can report relevant information (such as the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the second capability information, the first information, etc.) to the core network device (such as the mobility management network element), and the core network device sends the received relevant information to the access network device, and the core network device or the access network device sends the first paging information to the first terminal device based on the relevant information.
  • relevant information such as the second indication information, the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the second capability information, the first information, etc.
  • the above embodiment may also be applicable to the following process: the first terminal device reports the above relevant information to the access network device, the access network device sends the received relevant information to the core network device, the core network device then sends relevant information (such as first indication information, first paging information, etc.) to the access network device base station, and the access network device sends information such as paging configuration or first paging information to the first terminal device.
  • relevant information such as first indication information, first paging information, etc.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device reports the above-mentioned relevant information to the core network device or the access network device, it can adopt a static reporting method or a dynamic reporting method, such as the access network device triggers the report, or the first terminal device actively reports.
  • the signaling overhead can be reduced while ensuring user security, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, and the terminal device is beneficial to energy saving.
  • the core network device can have more reference information for allocating a more appropriate length and type of identification information of the terminal device carried in the first paging information.
  • the core network device or the access network device can also dynamically adjust the length and type of the identification information of the terminal device in the first paging information, which can further improve the network capacity. For the first terminal device, by reporting its own paging demand information to the core network device or the access network device, it can perform more information exchange with the core network device or the access network device, and ultimately obtain better configuration information to a greater extent.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device reports paging demand information to the core network device, it can not only report the expected paging cycle, but also report the type of expected first paging information, modulation method, coding method, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, coverage requirement, sensitivity requirement and other information, so as to facilitate the network and the first terminal device to reach a consensus on more paging configuration parameters, thereby facilitating energy saving of the terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may also receive sixth indication information from the access network device.
  • the sixth indication information can be used to indicate the period of the first terminal device monitoring the first paging information; the period can be determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation mode, coding mode, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the access network device may configure the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information through different rules. Similarly, the access network device may also configure the period for the first terminal device to detect the second paging information through the same rules.
  • the access network device may determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the following configuration rule 1:
  • Configuration rule 1 configure the period of the first paging information according to the terminal device, that is, different terminal devices may have different configurations of the period length of the first paging information.
  • the access network device can allocate a smaller first paging information period to terminal device 1, such as the allocated first paging information period can be 128 radio frames, or 256 radio frames.
  • the access network device can allocate a larger first paging information period to terminal device 2, such as 32 radio frames or 64 radio frames.
  • the access network device may determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the following configuration rule 2:
  • Configuration rule 2 The access network device can group the terminal devices and configure the period of the first paging information according to the terminal device groups. Compared with the above configuration rule 1, the configuration granularity can be larger, and it is no longer fixed that each terminal device has a different configuration, but one or more terminal devices have the same configuration of the period of the first paging information.
  • the way to group different terminal devices can be that the access network device classifies the terminal devices with the same expected first paging information period level into a terminal device group based on the information of the core network device, and all terminal devices in this terminal device group are configured with the same first paging information monitoring period.
  • the rules for grouping terminal devices can also be based on different service types of the terminal devices, the habits of users using the terminal devices, or the frequency of users using the terminal devices, etc., without restriction.
  • the access network device when the access network device configures the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information, different configuration instructions may be provided.
  • the access network device may carry the sixth indication information in a system message to indicate to the terminal device, or carry the sixth indication information in a downlink control message to indicate to the terminal device, or carry the sixth indication information in a downlink data channel to indicate to the terminal device, that is, the sixth indication information may follow the data transmission.
  • the first terminal device may also receive an eighth indication message from the access network device.
  • the eighth indication information can be used to indicate the time and frequency resources allocated by the access network device to the first terminal device; the time and frequency resources can be determined based on one or more of the following information associated with the first terminal device: paging cycle, terminal device group, service type, communication frequency, communication time, delay requirement, power consumption requirement, cell load, network load, modulation method, coding method, coverage requirement, and sensitivity requirement.
  • the access network device can refer to the information reported by the first terminal device (such as the first information) when allocating time-frequency resources to the first terminal device.
  • the access network device may increase the priority of the first terminal device when allocating time and frequency resources, such as allocating more time and frequency resources to the first terminal device, to facilitate the first terminal device to quickly complete information transmission.
  • the access network device may increase the priority of the first terminal device when allocating time-frequency resources, such as allocating more time-frequency resources to the first terminal device, to facilitate the first terminal device to quickly complete information transmission.
  • the access network device After the access network device obtains the first information of the first terminal device, it can refer to the first information reported by the first terminal device to perform time-frequency resource configuration.
  • the first information reported by the first terminal device can be reported to the core network device, and the core network device forwards the first information to the access network device.
  • the first information reported by the first terminal device can also be reported to the access network device. If the first information reported by the first terminal device is reported to the access network device, the access network device can further send it to the core network device, and the core network device can send it to the access network device. It can also be that the access network device directly performs subsequent time-frequency resource configuration or information transmission with the first terminal device based on the first information reported by the first terminal device, without restriction.
  • the first terminal device may also receive seventh indication information from the access network device.
  • the seventh indication information may be used to indicate a rule for determining a period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • the access network device configures the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information, it can adaptively adjust the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information so that the first terminal device obtains a better configuration of the period for the first paging information, thereby further achieving energy saving effect.
  • the access network device may indicate any one or more of the following three possible determination rules to the first terminal device through the seventh indication information as the determination rule for the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • Determination rule 1 The determination rule includes if the high layer configures a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the minimum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle.
  • the high layer configures the terminal device-specific DRX cycle or paging cycle, which can also be understood as the first terminal device reporting the expected DRX cycle or paging cycle.
  • the high layer can represent the access network device, and the preset cycle can be a default value.
  • the default value may be a DRX cycle or a paging cycle configured by the access network device through RRC signaling.
  • Determination rule two The determination rule includes if the high layer configures a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, determining the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to the maximum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle and a preset cycle.
  • the access network device may not be able to refer to the expected DRX cycle or paging cycle reported by the first terminal device when configuring the DRX cycle or paging cycle, and the DRX cycle or paging cycle finally configured by the access network device is not necessarily a perfect configuration for the first terminal device. Because, based on the above considerations, when configuring the DRX cycle or paging cycle, the access network device can also refer to the second determination rule to determine the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information based on the maximum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle and the preset cycle.
  • Determination rule three The determination rule includes determining a period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information according to a preset period if the higher layer has not configured a DRX period or a paging period specific to the terminal device.
  • a preset cycle with a default value can be used as a cycle for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • bit state 11 can indicate that the access network device determines the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information through determination rule one
  • bit state 10 can indicate that the access network device determines the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information through determination rule two
  • bit state 01 can indicate that the access network device determines the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information through determination rule three.
  • 1 bit can be used to dynamically indicate whether the upper layer configures the DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device.
  • the bit state 1 can indicate that the upper layer has configured the DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device
  • the bit state 0 can indicate that the upper layer has not configured the DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device.
  • the access network device can also use another 1 bit to indicate the determination method of the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information.
  • the bit state of the above 1 bit is 1, if the bit state of the other 1 bit is 1, it means that the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information is determined by the minimum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device and the preset cycle.
  • the bit state of the above 1 bit is 1, if the bit state of the other 1 bit is 0, it means that the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information is determined by the maximum value of the DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device and the preset cycle.
  • the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information may also be predefined. For example, if eDRX is not configured, but the higher layer configures a DRX cycle or paging cycle specific to the terminal device, that is, the terminal device reports an expected DRX cycle or paging cycle, then the period for the first terminal device to monitor the first paging information is determined by the maximum value of the terminal device-specific DRX cycle or paging cycle and the preset cycle.
  • the access network device can configure the period of the first paging information according to a single terminal device or a terminal device group.
  • the terminal device can obtain a more optimal configuration of the period of the first paging information to achieve energy saving and performance improvement.
  • the time-frequency resource allocation can be adjusted according to different configuration information to achieve the effect of capacity improvement.
  • the expected paging period reported by the terminal device can be more easily considered by the access network device, which is beneficial to energy saving of the terminal device, or more conducive to meeting the different delay requirements, power consumption requirements, coverage requirements or sensitivity requirements of the terminal device. At the same time, it is also beneficial to improve the capacity of the network.
  • the execution subject may execute some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also execute other operations or variations of various operations.
  • the various steps may be executed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all operations in the embodiments of the present application need to be executed.
  • each device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • each functional module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is It is schematic and only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • Figure 8 shows a communication device 80, which can execute the actions performed by the first terminal device in Figures 5 to 7, or execute the actions performed by the access network device in Figures 5 to 7, or execute the actions performed by the core network device in Figures 5 to 7.
  • the communication device 80 may include a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802.
  • the communication device 80 may be a communication device, or a chip applied to a communication device, or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, and the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be a radio frequency unit; the processing module 802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be an input and output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip); the processing module 802 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • transceiver module 801 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component;
  • processing module 802 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or, referred to as a processing circuit).
  • the transceiver module 801 can be used to perform all transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 5 to 7, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 802 can be used to perform all operations except the transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 5 to 7, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
  • the transceiver module 801 in FIG8 may be replaced by a transceiver, which may integrate the functions of the transceiver module 801; the processing module 802 may be replaced by a processor, which may integrate the functions of the processing module 802.
  • the communication device 80 shown in FIG8 may also include a memory.
  • the communication device 80 involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be the communication device 90 shown in FIG9 , wherein the processor may be a logic circuit 901 and the transceiver may be an interface circuit 902. Further, the communication device 90 shown in FIG9 may also include a memory 903.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the terminal (including the data sending end and/or the data receiving end) of any of the above embodiments, such as the hard disk or memory of the terminal.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above terminal, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above terminal, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. Further, the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above terminal and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above terminal.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • At least one (item) means one or more.
  • Multiple means two or more.
  • At least two (items) means two or three and more.
  • And/or is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, “A and/or B” can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least "One (item)” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (item) of a, b or c, or at least one (item) of a, b and c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c” or "a and b and c", where a, b and c can be single or plural.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can essentially or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions to enable a device (which can be a single-chip microcomputer, chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks.

Landscapes

  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种通信方法及装置，涉及通信技术领域，能够在设置终端设备的标识信息时，保证用户安全性，同时降低信令开销。该方法可以包括：第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息，根据第一寻呼信息，确定一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。

Description

通信方法及装置
本申请要求于2022年11月10日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202211407077.1、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其是涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
通信系统中，接入网设备可以为终端设备配置非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)机制，该DRX机制可以应用于无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接态，也可以应用于RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态。
当DRX机制应用于RRC空闲态和RRC非激活态时，接入网设备或核心网设备可以向终端设备发送寻呼信息，该寻呼信息可以包括被寻呼的终端设备的标识信息。终端设备接收到该寻呼信息时，可以根据寻呼信息中的终端设备的标识信息，确定自身是否为被寻呼的终端设备。
为了减少在通信过程中显式使用终端设备的永久性标识，提高安全性，可以使用第五代移动通信系统全局唯一的临时用户设备标识(the fifth generation globally unique temporary UE identity，5G-GUTI)作为终端设备的标识信息。为了降低空口信令开销，提升空口效率，进一步可以使用5G-GUTI的缩短形式，即可以将5G的临时移动订阅标识符(5G S-temporary mobile subscription identifier，5G-S-TMSI)作为终端设备的标识信息携带在上述寻呼信息中。
其中，5G-S-TMSI的大小为48比特，可以表征网络中可以容纳的终端设备数量为2^48。但是，当网络中等待被寻呼的终端设备较少时，采用48比特的5G-S-TMSI会占用较多比特，导致信令开销较大，终端设备的功耗较大。
综上，如何设置终端设备的标识信息，以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销成为亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，能够在设置终端设备的标识信息时，保证用户安全性，同时降低信令开销。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法应用于第一终端设备，或者应用于第一终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统，该方法包括：接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息，根据第一寻呼信息，确定一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
基于第一方面，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48，可以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
基于该可能的设计，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于或等于32比特，可以进一步降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
基于该可能的设计，为终端设备的标识信息提供多种可行性方案。
一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备包括第一接收机和第二接收机；通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息；或者，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
一种可能的设计中，第一接收机的功耗小于第二接收机的功耗。
基于上述两种可能的设计，通过在第一终端设备中设置第一接收机和第二接收机，第一终端设备在接收第一寻呼信息时，可以仅通过功耗更小的第一接收机进行接收，降低接收功耗，第一接收机也可以通过第一接收机和第二接收共同实现对第一寻呼信息的接收，实现更高的节能增益。
一种可能的设计中，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息，包括：如果终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第四标识信息；如果第四标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息相同，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第五标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，如果通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息，方法还包括：如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入。
基于上述两种可能的设计，第一终端设备在接收第一寻呼信息时，可以仅通过功耗更小的第一接收机进行接收，降低接收功耗，另外，当第一寻呼信息包括多个标识信息时，第一接收机可以在接收到的标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息相同时，再接收下一个标识信息，不同则可以不用接收下一个标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第一接收机的接收功耗。
一种可能的设计中，通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息，包括：如果第一接收机接收到的第一部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分比特信息相同，唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
一种可能的设计中，第一部分比特信息为第一标识信息的第一部分比特信息，第二部分比特信息为第一标识信息的第二部分比特信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息包括第一标识信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息包括第三标识信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分，第二部分比特信息包括第三标识信息的第二部分。
基于上述两种可能的设计，第一终端设备在接收第一寻呼信息时，可以通过第一接收机和第二接收机共同实现接收，当第一寻呼信息包括多个标识信息时，第一接收机可以在接收到的标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息相同时，再唤醒第二接收机接收后续标识信息，不同则可以不用唤醒第二接收机，从而缩短处理时延，降低第二接收机的接收功耗。
一种可能的设计中，根据第一寻呼信息的候选长度，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息；其中，候选长度是预定义的；或者，接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示候选长度。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备可以根据候选长度接收第一寻呼信息，对于不符合候选长度的第一寻呼信息可以忽略，从而降低第一终端设备的接收功耗。
一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备的标识信息是预定义的；或者，接收来自接入网设备或核心网设备的第一终端设备的标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：向接入网设备或核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备通过向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息，可以便于接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自接入网设备的第一能力信息；其中，第一能力信息用于指示接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；根据第一能力信息，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息；其中，第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备通过与接入网设备交互能力信息，可以使得接入网设备向支持低功耗的第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备通过向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息，可以便于接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送相应的第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，将第一信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中向接入网设备或核心网设备发送：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者，接收来自接入网设备的第五指示信息，根据第五指示信息，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息；其中，第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备上报第一信息；或者，如果接入网设备向第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足第一终端设备的配置需求，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息时，可以采用静态上报的方式，也可以采用动态上报的方式，如接入网设备触发上报或第一终端设备主动上报，不予限制。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自接入网设备的第六指示信息；其中，第六指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期；周期根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备还可以根据接入网设备发送的第六指示信息确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，便于后续根据该周期对第一寻呼信息进行监测。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自接入网设备的第七指示信息；其中，第七指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备还可以根据接入网设备发送的第七指示信息确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，根据该确定规则，第一终端设备可以确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备的第八指示信息；其中，第八指示信息用于指示接入网设备为第一终端设备分配的时频资源；时频资源根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备还可以根据接入网设备发送的第八指示信息确定接入网设备为第一终端设备分配的时频资源，进而根据该时频资源与接入网设备进行通信。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法应用于接入网设备，或者应用于接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统，该方法包括：确定第一寻呼信息，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
基于第二方面，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48，可以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，确定第一寻呼信息，包括：接收来自核心网设备的第一寻呼信息。
基于该可能的设计，第一寻呼信息可以是接入网设备确定并发送给第一终端设备的，也可以是核心网设备确定，并通过接入网设备发送给第一终端设备的，不予限制。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
基于该可能的设计，为终端设备的标识信息提供多种可行性方案。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
基于该可能的设计，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于或等于32比特，可以进一步降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；或者，接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息，向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一寻呼信息的候选长度。
基于该可能的设计，通过向第一终端设备指示候选长度，可以使得第一终端设备根据候选长度接收第一寻呼信息，对于不符合候选长度的第一寻呼信息可以忽略，从而降低第一终端设备的接收功耗。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信息；或者，接收来自核心网设备的第一终端设备的标识信息，向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自第一终端设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；向核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；或者，接收来自核心网设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
基于该可能的设计，接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：发送第一能力信息；其中，第一能力信息用于指示接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；接收来自第一终端设备的第二能力信息；其中，第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式；向核心网设备发送第二能力信息。
基于该可能的设计，接入网设备通过与第一终端设备交互能力信息，可以使得接入网设备向支持低功耗的第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息；向核心网设备发送第一信息；或者，接收来自核心网设备的第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，接入网设备或核心网设备可以根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送相应的第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，通过下述一种或多种信令接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者，向第一终端设备发送第五指示信息，接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息；其中，第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备上报第一信息；或者，如果向第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足第一终端设备的配置需求，接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息时，可以采用静态上报的方式，也可以采用动态上报的方式，如接入网设备触发上报或第一终端设备主动上报，不予限制。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：向第一终端设备发送第六指示信息；其中，第六指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期；周期根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，通过向第一终端设备发送第六指示信息，可以使得第一终端设备根据接入网设备发送的第六指示信息确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，便于后续根据该周期对第一寻呼信息进行监测。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：向第一终端设备发送第七指示信息；其中，第七指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
基于该可能的设计，通过向第一终端设备发送第七指示信息，可以使得第一终端设备根据接入网设备发送的第七指示信息确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，根据该确定规则，第一终端设备可以确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
一种可能的设计中，向第一终端设备发送第八指示信息；其中，第八指示信息用于指示为第一终端设备分配的时频资源；时频资源根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，通过向第一终端设备发送第八指示信息，可以使得第一终端设备根据接入网设备发送的第八指示信息确定接入网设备为第一终端设备分配的时频资源，进而根据该时频资源与接入网设备进行通信。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法应用于核心网设备，或者应用于核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统，该方法包括：确定第一寻呼信息，通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
基于第二方面，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48，可以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
基于该可能的设计，为终端设备的标识信息提供多种可行性方案。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
基于该可能的设计，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于或等于32比特，可以进一步降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
一种可能的设计中，通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一寻呼信息的候选长度。
基于该可能的设计，通过向第一终端设备指示候选长度，可以使得第一终端设备根据候选长度接收第一寻呼信息，对于不符合候选长度的第一寻呼信息可以忽略，从而降低第一终端设备的接收功耗。
一种可能的设计中，通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
基于该可能的设计，接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，方法还包括：接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第二能力信息；其中，第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。
基于该可能的设计，通过与第一终端设备交互能力信息，可以使得接入网设备向支持低功耗的第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
基于该可能的设计，接入网设备或核心网设备可以根据第一终端设备的期望向第一终端设备发送相应的第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，通过下述一种或多种信令接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第一信息：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息。
基于该可能的设计，第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息时，可以采用静态上报的方式，也可以采用动态上报的方式，如接入网设备触发上报或第一终端设备主动上报，不予限制。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，通信装置可以应用于上述第一方面或第一方面可能的设计中的第一终端设备，以实现上述第一终端设备所执行的功能，该通信装置可以是第一终端设备，也可以是第一终端设备的芯片或者片上系统等，通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述第一终端设备所执行的功能，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如，收发模块和处理模块。当该通信装置为第一终端设备时，收发模块可以是射频收发组件。当该通信装置为第一终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统时，收发模块可以是通信接口，该通信接口与射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。收发模块，用于接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息，处理模块，用于根据第一寻呼信息，确定一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备包括第一接收机和第二接收机；收发模块，具体用于通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息；或者，收发模块，具体用于通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
一种可能的设计中，第一接收机的功耗小于第二接收机的功耗。
一种可能的设计中，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息，收 发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第四标识信息；如果第四标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息相同，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第五标识信息；或者，如果终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，收发模块通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，处理模块还用于如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入。
一种可能的设计中，处理模块还用于如果第一接收机接收到的第一部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分比特信息相同，唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
一种可能的设计中，第一部分比特信息为第一标识信息的第一部分比特信息，第二部分比特信息为第一标识信息的第二部分比特信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息包括第一标识信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息包括第三标识信息；或者，第一部分比特信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分，第二部分比特信息包括第三标识信息的第二部分。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于根据第一寻呼信息的候选长度，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息；其中，候选长度是预定义的；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示候选长度。
一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备的标识信息是预定义的；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备或核心网设备的第一终端设备的标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向接入网设备或核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第一能力信息，根据第一能力信息，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息；其中，第一能力信息用于指示接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于将第一信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中向接入网设备或核心网设备发送：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第五指示信息，根据第五指示信息，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息；其中，第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备上报第一信息；或者，收发模块还用于如果处理模块确定接入网设备向第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足第一终端设备的配置需求，向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第六指示信息；其中，第六指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期；周期根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第七指示信息；其中，第七指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有 的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自接入网设备的第八指示信息；其中，第八指示信息用于指示接入网设备为第一终端设备分配的时频资源；时频资源根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
需要说明的是，第四方面或第四方面的可能的设计中所涉及的模块可以执行上述第一方面的方法示例中的相应功能，具体可以参见方法示例中的详细描述，有益效果也可以参见上述第一方面的相关描述，此处不予赘述。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，通信装置可以应用于上述第二方面或第二方面可能的设计中的接入网设备，以实现上述接入网设备所执行的功能，该通信装置可以是接入网设备，也可以是接入网设备的芯片或者片上系统等，通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述接入网设备所执行的功能，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如，收发模块和处理模块。当该通信装置为接入网设备时，收发模块可以是射频收发组件。当该通信装置为接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统时，收发模块可以是通信接口，该通信接口与射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。处理模块，用于确定第一寻呼信息，收发模块，用于向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息，向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一寻呼信息的候选长度。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信息；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一终端设备的标识信息，向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自第一终端设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；向核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；或者，接收来自核心网设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于发送第一能力信息；其中，第一能力信息用于指示接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；收发模块还用于接收来自第一终端设备的第二能力信息；其中，第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式；收发模块还用于向核心网设备发送第二能力信息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息，向核心网设备发送第一信 息；或者，收发模块还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于通过下述一种或多种信令接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第五指示信息，接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息；其中，第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备上报第一信息；或者，收发模块还用于如果向第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足第一终端设备的配置需求，接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第六指示信息；其中，第六指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期；周期根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第七指示信息；其中，第七指示信息用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块还用于向第一终端设备发送第八指示信息；其中，第八指示信息用于指示为第一终端设备分配的时频资源；时频资源根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
需要说明的是，第五方面或第五方面的可能的设计中所涉及的模块可以执行上述第二方面的方法示例中的相应功能，具体可以参见方法示例中的详细描述，有益效果也可以参见上述第二方面的相关描述，此处不予赘述。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，通信装置可以应用于上述第三方面或第三方面可能的设计中的核心网设备，以实现上述核心网设备所执行的功能，该通信装置可以是核心网设备，也可以是核心网设备的芯片或者片上系统等，通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述核心网设备所执行的功能，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如，收发模块和处理模块。当该通信装置为核心网设备时，收发模块可以是射频收发组件。当该通信装置为核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统时，收发模块可以是通信接口，该通信接口与射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。处理模块，用于确定第一寻呼信息，收发模块，用于通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。
一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；其中，第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息；第二标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息；第四标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；终端设备组包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
一种可能的设计中，每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一寻呼信息的候选长度。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一终端设备的标识信 息。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；其中，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第二能力信息；其中，第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第一信息；其中，第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
一种可能的设计中，收发模块，还用于通过下述一种或多种信令接收来自接入网设备或第一终端设备的第一信息：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息。
需要说明的是，第六方面或第六方面的可能的设计中所涉及的模块可以执行上述第三方面的方法示例中的相应功能，具体可以参见方法示例中的详细描述，有益效果也可以参见上述第三方面的相关描述，此处不予赘述。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器；一个或多个处理器，用于运行计算机程序或指令，当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令或指令时，使得通信装置执行如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以是第一终端设备、接入网设备或者核心网设备，也可以是第一终端设备、接入网设备或者核心网设备的芯片或者片上系统等。
一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括一个或多个存储器，一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合，一个或多个存储器用于存储上述计算机程序或指令。在一种可能的实现方式中，存储器位于所述通信装置之外。在另一种可能的实现方式中，存储器位于所述通信装置之内。本申请实施例中，处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中，即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。在一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信装置还包括收发器，所述收发器，用于接收信息和/或发送信息。
一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括一个或多个通信接口，一个或多个通信接口和一个或多个处理器耦合，一个或多个通信接口用于与通信装置之外的其它模块进行通信。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括输入输出接口和逻辑电路；输入输出接口，用于输入和/或输出信息；逻辑电路用于执行如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的通信方法，根据信息进行处理和/或生成信息。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序，当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时，使得如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种包含计算机指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。
其中，第七方面至第十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所带来的技术效果。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该通信方法可以包括如第一方面所述的通信方法、如第二方面所述的通信方法和如第三方面所述的通信方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括如第四方面所述的第一终端设备、如第五方面所述的接入网设备和如第六方面所述的核心网设备。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种DRX机制示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种5G-S-TMSI的组成示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的标识信息的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种对第一终端设备进行寻呼配置的流程图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的构成图。
具体实施方式
在描述本申请实施例之前，对本申请实施例涉及的技术术语进行描述。
第五代(the fifth generation，5G)移动通信系统：其设计和开发目标是移动电话和垂直使用场景。除了时延、可靠性和可行性，终端设备能效对5G也至关重要。5G设备可能需要每周或每天充电，具体取决于个人的使用时间。一般来说，5G设备在无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)空闲/非激活状态下消耗数十毫瓦，在RRC连接状态下消耗数百毫瓦。延长电池寿命的设计是提高能效和更好用户体验的必要条件。
对于没有连续能源的终端设备，例如使用小型可充电电池和单币电池的终端设备，能效更加关键。在垂直使用场景中，例如传感器和致动器被广泛部署用于监控、测量、充电等，通常，它们的电池是不可充电的，预计至少可以使用几年。在一些物联网场景中，例如可穿戴设备包括智能手表、戒指、电子健康相关设备和医疗监控设备，在典型的电池容量下，保持性能的基础上，续航维持长达1-2周是具有挑战性的。
终端设备的功耗可以取决于配置给终端设备的唤醒周期长度，例如在RRC空闲态，功耗取决于配置的寻呼周期。配置的寻呼周期越长，终端设备会有更长的时间进入休眠状态，以达到节能的效果。为了满足上述电池寿命要求，预计将使用价值大的扩展的非连续接收(extended discontinuous reception，eDRX)周期，该周期的值较大。但是，使用eDRX实现较高能效的同时，会导致较高时延，不适合同时要求电池寿命长和低时延的业务。例如，在火灾探测和灭火用例中，在传感器检测到火灾后的1～2秒内，应关闭防火百叶窗，并由执行器打开消防喷淋器，较长的eDRX周期无法满足时延要求。eDRX显然不适合时延要求较高的场景。因此，研究既能够支持超低功耗机制，又能达到超低时延的目标的技术，显得尤为重要。
对于非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)机制，终端设备需要在每个DRX周期周期性唤醒一次，当终端设备处于唤醒状态，但是在唤醒期间没有信令和数据业务的传输，则终端设备属于无效唤醒状态，这段时间的功耗占据了终端设备整体功耗的主导地位。如果终端设备只在需要传输信令或数据业务的时候唤醒，例如接收自身的寻呼信息，则终端设备的功耗可以大幅降低，实现终端设备的节能，也是进一步提升用户体验的重要手段。
DRX机制：终端设备可以在需要接收下行数据和信令时打开接收机以接收下行数据和信令，而在其他时间段关闭接收机，停止接收下行数据和信令。这样，终端设备可以无需连续监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)，从而可以达到节省终端设备的耗电量以延长其使用时间的效果。DRX机制可以应用于RRC连接态，也可以应用于RRC非激活态，也可以应用于RRC空闲态。
当DRX机制应用于RRC连接态时，DRX工作模式下，终端设备需要周期性打开接收机来侦听可能到来的信令，打开接收机的这个时间段称为开启时间(On Duration Time)，该时间段的时长可以通过RRC信令配置的参数DRX打开持续定时器(drx-onDurationTimer)设置。
示例性的，如图1所示，DRX周期按状态可以分为激活期和休眠期，其中，终端设备打开接收机，侦听PDCCH信道的时间段称为DRX激活期。每个DRX周期由一个On Duration Time和一个可能存在的休眠期组成，On Duration Time状态之后未必是休眠期，也可能是激活期。DRX激活期包括On Duration Time和DRX相关定时器处于工作状态的时间段。
接入网设备可以通过RRC信令向终端设备配置DRX相关定时器，示例性的，该DRX相关定时器可以包括下述一种或多种：drx-onDurationTimer、DRX非激活态定时器(drx-InactivityTimer)、DRX短周期定时器(drx-ShortCycleTimer)、DRX下行重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)、DRX上 行重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)、DRX下行混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器(drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)、DRX上行混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器(drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)。
其中，对各个定时器的作用、启动、计时、停止、超时的相关设置以及取值范围等的描述可以参照下述表1所示：
表1


示例性的，接入网设备可以通过向终端设备发送携带DRX配置参数的DRX配置(drx-Config)信息，以向终端设备配置DRX机制。
又一种示例中，接入网设备也可以将DRX配置参数携带在DRX配置辅助组(DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中向终端设备发送。
基于上述对DRX机制的描述，终端设备进入DRX工作模式后并不意味着立即进入DRX周期，只有在满足一些条件时，才会立即启动drx-onDurationTimer，从而进入一个DRX周期。DRX周期按类型可以分为长DRX周期和短DRX周期。以长DRX周期为例，接入网设备通过RRC信令配置DRX长周期长度的参数drx-LongCycle和drxStartOffset，同时，根据系统帧(system frame number，SFN)和子帧(subframe)可以确定启动长DRX周期的时刻drxStartOffset，其中，drxStartOffset＝[(SFN×10)+subframe number]modulo(longDRX-Cycle)。同理，对于短DRX周期，满足条件[(SFN×10)+subframe number]modulo(shortDRX-Cycle)＝(drxStartOffset)modulo(shortDRX-Cycle)时，启动短DRX周期。
DRX机制应用在RRC连接态时(该DRX机制也可以称为C-DRX机制)，C-DRX机制主要用于控制以下无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier，RNTI)加扰的PDCCH：半持续调度-信道状态信息-无线网络临时标识(semi persistence scheduling-channel state information-RNTI，SPS-CSI-RNTI)、小区无线网络临时标识(cell-RNTI，C-RNTI)、发送功率控制-物理上行控制信道-无线网络临时标识(transmit power control-physical uplink control channel-RNTI，TPC-PUCCH-RNTI)、发送功率控制-物理上行共享信道-无线网络临时标识(transmit power control-physical uplink shared channel-RNTI，TPC-PUSCH-RNTI)和发送功率控制-探测参考信号-无线网络临时标识(transmit power control-sounding reference signal-RNTI，TPC-SRS-RNTI)。终端设备在休眠期间，不监听上述RNTI加扰的PDCCH。对于系统信息无线网络临时标识(system information-RNTI，SI-RNTI)、随机接入无线网络临时标识(random access-RNTI，RA-RNTI)和临时小区无线网络临时标识(temporary-CRNTI，T-CRNTI)加扰的PDCCH不受C-DRX机制约束。
当DRX机制应用于RRC空闲态(该机制也可以称为I-DRX机制)，或者应用于RRC非激活态时，该DRX机制也可以称为寻呼机制。终端设备可以在每个DRX周期内监测一个寻呼时机。每个寻呼时机包括一组PDCCH监测机会，同时也包括多个时间时隙(比如子帧或正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号)，用于接入网设备发送寻呼下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)。一个寻呼帧是一个无线帧，可能包括一个或多个寻呼时机或者一个寻呼时机的起点。在多波束操作中，终端设备假定相同的寻呼信息和相同的短消息在所有发送的波束中重复，因此用于接收寻呼信息和短消息的波束的选择取决于终端设备的实现。接入网设备发起的寻呼信息和核心网设备发起的寻呼信息都是相同的。
终端设备收到接入网设备发起的寻呼后，可以发起RRC连接恢复流程。如果终端设备在RRC非激活状态下收到核心网设备发起的寻呼，终端设备移动到RRC空闲态并通知非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)。
示例性的，寻呼帧和寻呼时机可以由以下公式确定：
寻呼帧的系统帧号的确定公式为：(SFN+PF_offset)mod T＝(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)；
表示寻呼时机的索引i_s的确定公式为：i_s＝floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns。
其中，T表示终端设备的DRX周期或寻呼周期，N表示T内的总寻呼帧数，UE_ID表示终端设备的标识信息(identifier，ID)。Ns表示每个寻呼帧内有多少个寻呼时机，PF_offset表示确定寻呼帧时的偏移。
如果没有配置eDRX，但是高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼信息的周期(或者描述为寻呼周期)，即终端设备上报了期望的DRX周期或寻呼信息的周期，则T由终端设备特定的DRX周期或寻呼信息的周期和T默认的数值中的最小值确定。在RRC空闲态，如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼信息的周期，则T使用默认的数值。其中，T默认的数值可以是接入网设备通过RRC信令配置的DRX周期或寻呼信息的周期。
如果没有配置eDRX，寻呼周期可以有以下几个候选值：32个无线帧、64个无线帧、128个无线帧、256个无线帧。如果配置了eDRX，eDRX的寻呼周期可以有以下几个候选值：256个无线帧、512个无线帧、1024个无线帧。
为了减少在通信过程中显式使用终端设备的永久性标识，提升安全性，5G系统下可以使用5G全局唯一的临时用户设备标识(5G globally unique temporary UE identity，5G-GUTI)作为终端设备的标识信息。为了降低空口信令开销，提升空口效率，进一步可以使用5G-GUTI的缩短形式：5G的临时移动订阅标识符(5G S-temporary mobile subscription identifier，5G-S-TMSI)作为终端设备的标识信息携带在上述寻呼信息中。
示例性的，如图2所示，信元(information element，IE)5G-S-TMSI的大小可以为48比特(48bit)，5G-S-TMSI可以由如下三部分构成：接入和移动性管理功能组标识(access and mobility management function set ID，AMF Set ID)、AMF指针(AMF Pointer)、5G-TMSI。
其中，AMF Set ID为在AMF区域内唯一标识AMF组的AMF组ID，占用10bit。AMF Pointer用于标识AMF集合中的一个或多个AMF的AMF指针，占用6bit。AMF Set ID和AMF Pointer也可以描述为AMF的标识信息。5G-TMSI用于标识AMF内的明确的终端设备标识(UE ID)，也可以描述为终端设备在AMF内的标识信息，占用32bit。
其中，5G-S-TMSI的大小为48bit，可以表征网络中可以容纳的终端设备数量为2^48。但是，在一些场景中，使用48bit可能有些“过设计”。例如，在业务较少的场景，网络中等待被服务或是等待被唤醒或者等待被寻呼的终端设备较少，比如终端设备的数量为2^20，则只需要20个bit就可以区分各个终端设备，如果终端设备的标识信息配置为20bit，则可以节省28bit。即采用48bit的5G-S-TMSI会占用较多比特，导致信令开销较大，终端设备的功耗较大，不利于终端设备节能。因此，需要设计一种自适应获取寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的方法。
另外，上述DRX参数是基于每个媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)实体配置的。终端设备的类型或业务不同会导致对DRX参数的需求不同。例如，物联终端和增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)终端对寻呼唤醒的周期需求不同，对时延的需求也是不相同的。如果用相同的DRX周期或寻呼周期，若DRX周期或寻呼周期选取较小，则对于使用频率较小的终端设备来说，会有过多的无效唤醒机会，不利用终端设备节能。
如果终端设备想使用或改变终端设备特定的DRX参数，终端设备可以在发送给AMF的注册请求消息中包括请求的DRX参数的IE。注册请求消息中包括的DRX相关的参数可以表示终端设备期望被配置的DRX参数，也可以用于网络指示寻呼的时候要用到的DRX周期值或寻呼周期值。
示例性的，可以使用4bit来指示用于寻呼的DRX周期值，例如，可以使用0000表示不指定DRX周期值；0001表示DRX周期值T＝32ms；0010表示DRX周期值T＝64ms；0011表示DRX周期值T＝128ms；0100表示DRX周期值T＝256ms。
但是，终端设备向核心网设备上报请求的DRX参数时，只支持寻呼周期的期望值的上报流程。当引入一个新的寻呼机制后，终端设备需要上报期望的与该新的寻呼机制相关的DRX参数值，比如在注册请求消息中增加新的寻呼机制相关的信息，便于网络和终端设备在DRX参数的配置方面达成共识，达到终端设备节能的目的，因此，需要设计一个新的流程适配该新的寻呼机制。
为了解决上述48bit的5G-S-TMSI会占用较多比特，导致信令开销较大，终端设备的功耗较大，不利于终端设备节能的技术问题，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，在该方法中，第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息，根据第一寻呼信息，确定一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息；其中，第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48。本申请实施例中，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48，可以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
下面结合说明书附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可用于任一通信系统，该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project，3GPP)通信系统，例如，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，又可以为5G移动通信系统、新空口(new radio，NR)通信系统、新空口车联网(vehicle to everything，NR V2X)系统，还可以应用于LTE和5G混合组网的系统中，或者非陆地通信网络(non-terrestrial network， NTN)系统、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of things，IoT)，以及其他下一代通信系统，例如6G等未来通信系统，也可以为非3GPP通信系统，不予限制。
下面以图3为例，对本申请实施例提供的通信系统进行描述。
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图，如图3所示，该通信系统可以包括一个或多个终端设备、接入网设备(或者描述为无线接入网设备)、核心网设备。其中，核心网设备可以包括移动性管理网元等网元。
其中，图3中的终端设备可以包括第一接收机(或者描述为辅接收机)和第二接收机(或者描述为主接收机)。第一接收机可以是独立于第二接收机的单独接收机。
其中，第一接收机可以用于接收超低功耗监控唤醒信号(如寻呼信息)，该监控唤醒信号可以触发第一接收机开启，监控唤醒信号的功耗可以取决于唤醒信号设计和用于信号检测和处理的唤醒接收器的硬件模块。
其中，第二接收机可以用于执行下述一种或多种：接收唤醒信号(如寻呼信息)、进行随机接入、进行无线资源管理(radio resource management，RRM)测量、进行同步广播块(synchronization signal/PBCH，SSB)同步、进行数据传输，可以使用唤醒信号触发该第二接收机开启，除非该第二接收机打开，否则可以关闭第二接收机或设置第二接收机为深度睡眠。
可选的，第一接收机的功耗(或者单位时间内的功耗)小于第二接收机的功耗(或者单位时间内的功耗)，或者第一接收机的复杂度小于第二接收机的复杂度。终端设备通过使用第一接收机和第二接收机可以实现更高的节能增益。
可选的，该设计可以主要针对低功耗(low power，LP)唤醒信号(wake up signal，WUS)/唤醒接收机(wake up receiver，WUR)，用于功率敏感、小型设备，包括物联网使用场景(如工业传感器、控制器)和可穿戴设备。不排除其他使用情形，例如拓展现实(extended reality，XR)/智能眼镜、智能手机。
其中，图3中终端设备可以位于接入网设备的小区覆盖范围内，终端设备可以通过无线的方式与接入网设备相连。例如，终端设备可以通过上行链路(uplink，UL)或下行链路(downlink，DL)与接入网设备进行空口通信。如：终端设备在UL方向上可以通过物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)向接入网设备发送上行数据；接入网设备在DL方向上可以通过物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)向终端设备发送下行数据。
图3中终端设备也可以通过特定接口与核心网设备进行通信，如：终端设备可以通过N1接口与核心网设备中的移动性管理网元进行通信。
其中，图3中的终端设备可以是具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片或芯片系统，可以允许用户接入网络，是用于向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。终端设备可以是固定位置的，也可以是可移动的。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、终端(terminal)或者移动台(mobile station，MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等。具体的，图3中的终端设备可以是蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、手机(mobile phone)、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)。终端设备还可以是VR终端、AR终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端车载终端、具有车对车(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)通信能力的车辆、智能网联车、有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV，U2U)通信能力的无人机等等，不予限制。
图3中的接入网设备可以是任意一种部署在接入网中能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备，或者描述为接入网设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到通信系统中的接入设备，还可以是可设置于上述设备的芯片或芯片系统，主要用于实现无线物理控制功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。接入网设备还可以通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。具体的，接入网设备可以为支持有线接入的设备，也可以为支持无线接入的设备。示例性的，该接入网设备可以为接入网(access  network，AN)/无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备，由多个AN/RAN节点组成。AN/RAN节点可以为：接入点(access point，AP)、基站(nodeB，NB)、宏基站、微基站(或者描述为小站)、中继站、增强型基站(enhance nodeB，eNB)、下一代eNB(next generation eNB，ng-eNB)、下一代基站(next generation nodeB，gNB)、5G通信系统中的基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless-fidelity，WiFi)系统中的接入节点、传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、传输点(transmission point，TP)、传输测量功能(transmission measurement function，TMF)、可穿戴设备、车载设备或某种其它接入节点等，本申请实施例对接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。
接入网设备还可以是集中单元(centralized unit，CU)/分布单元(distributed unit，DU)架构的，此时，接入网设备可以包括CU和DU两个网元；接入网设备也可以是控制面-用户面(control plane-user plane，CP-UP)架构的，此时，接入网设备可以包括CU的控制面(CU-CP)、CU的用户面(CU-UP)和DU三个网元，不予限制。
可选的，接入网设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上；还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例对接入网设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。
可选的，本申请实施例可以适用于下行信号传输，也可以适用于上行信号传输，还可以适用于D2D的信号传输。对于下行信号传输，发送设备是接入网设备，对应的接收设备是终端设备。对于上行信号传输，发送设备是终端设备，对应的接收设备是接入网设备。对于D2D的信号传输，发送设备是终端设备，对应的接收设备也是终端设备。本申请实施例对信号的传输方向不做限定。
可选的，接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信，也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信，也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过6G以下的频谱进行通信，也可以通过6G以上的频谱进行通信，还可以同时使用6G以下的频谱和6G以上的频谱进行通信。本申请实施例对接入网设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。
图3中的核心网设备主要负责提供用户连接、对用户的管理以及对业务完成承载，作为承载网络提供到外部网络的接口。
可选的，核心网设备与接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备，也可以是将核心网设备的功能与接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上，还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的接入网设备的功能，还可以是可设置于上述设备的芯片或芯片系统，不予限制。
其中，核心网设备中的移动性管理网元是一种部署在无线核心网中为终端设备的接入和移动性管理功能，主要负责终端设备的接入认证、移动性管理、各个功能网元间的信令交互等工作，如：对用户的注册状态、用户的连接状态、用户注册入网、跟踪区更新、小区切换用户认证和密钥安全等进行管理。还可以为终端设备和会话管理网元提供会话管理消息传输通道，为用户接入时提供认证、鉴权功能，是终端设备和无线的核心网控制面接入点。
示例性的，以通信系统为5G通信系统为例，移动性管理网元对应的网元或者实体可以为5G通信系统中的AMF。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的终端设备、接入网设备以及核心网设备都可以为一个或多个芯片，也可以为片上系统(system on chip，SOC)等。图3仅为示例性附图，其包括的设备数量不受限制。此外，除图3所示设备之外，该通信系统还可以包括其他设备，如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备等。图3中各个设备的名称、各个链路的命名不受限制，除图3所示名称之外，各个设备、各个链路还可以命名为其他名称，不予限制。
具体实现时，图3所示如：各个终端设备、接入网设备、核心网设备可以采用图4所示的组成结构，或者包括图4所示的部件。图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置400的组成示意图，该通信装置400可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统；也可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统；也可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。如图4所示，该通信装置400包括处理器401，收发器402以及通信线路403。
进一步的，该通信装置400还可以包括存储器404。其中，处理器401，存储器404以及收发器402 之间可以通过通信线路403连接。
其中，处理器401是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor，NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing，DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器401还可以是其它具有处理功能的装置，例如电路、器件或软件模块，不予限制。
收发器402，用于与其他设备或其它通信网络进行通信。该其它通信网络可以为以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。收发器402可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。
通信线路403，用于在通信装置400所包括的各部件之间传送信息。
存储器404，用于存储指令。其中，指令可以是计算机程序。
其中，存储器404可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或其他磁存储设备等，不予限制。
需要指出的是，存储器404可以独立于处理器401存在，也可以和处理器401集成在一起。存储器404可以用于存储指令或者程序代码或者一些数据等。存储器404可以位于通信装置400内，也可以位于通信装置400外，不予限制。处理器401，用于执行存储器404中存储的指令，以实现本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法。
在一种示例中，处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。
作为一种可选的实现方式，通信装置400包括多个处理器，例如，除图4中的处理器401之外，还可以包括处理器407。
作为一种可选的实现方式，通信装置400还包括输出设备405和输入设备406。示例性地，输入设备406是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备，输出设备405是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。
需要指出的是，通信装置400可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图4中类似结构的设备。此外，图4中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定，除图4所示部件之外，该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
此外，本申请的各实施例之间涉及的动作、术语等均可以相互参考，不予限制。本申请的实施例中各个设备之间交互的消息名称或消息中的参数名称等只是一个示例，具体实现中也可以采用其他的名称，不予限制。
结合图3所示通信系统，参照下述图5，对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述，其中，第一终端设备可以是图3所示通信系统中任一终端设备，接入网设备可以是图3所示通信系统中任一接入网设备，核心网设备可以是图3所示通信系统中任一核心网设备。下述实施例所述的终端设备、接入网设备、核心网设备均可以具备图4所示部件。本申请实施例中示出的单个执行主体(终端设备或接入网设备或核心网设备)所执行的处理也可以被划分为由多个执行主体执行，这些执行主体可以在逻辑上和/或在物理上分离，不予限制。
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图，如图5所示，该方法可以包括：
步骤501、接入网设备发送第一寻呼信息；相应的，第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息。
步骤502、第一终端设备根据第一寻呼信息，确定一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息。
其中，第一寻呼信息可以包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，该一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数可以小于48。该一个或多个终端设备也可以描述为被寻呼的终端设备。
可选的，每个终端设备的标识信息可以是32比特，如终端设备的标识信息可以包括如图2所示的 32比特的终端设备在AMF内的标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息可以小于32比特，如终端设备的标识信息可以是对如图2所示的32比特的终端设备在AMF内的标识信息进行处理后的小于32比特的标识信息；或者，终端设备的标识信息也可以大于32比特小于48比特，如终端设备的标识信息可以包括如图2所示的16比特的AMF的标识信息、和对如图2所示的32比特的终端设备在AMF内的标识信息进行处理后的小于32比特的标识信息等，不予限制。
通过在第一寻呼信息中携带终端设备的标识信息，可以使得被寻呼的终端设备基于该第一寻呼信息通过随机接入过程与接入网设备建立通信连接。
可选的，第一寻呼信息也可以描述为临时寻呼信息。该临时寻呼信息可以是接入网设备或核心网设备静态配置的(如预定义的)，也可以是接入网设备或核心网设备动态指示的，也可以是终端设备特定的，不予限制。
可选的，第一寻呼信息可以是接入网设备确定并发送给终端设备的，也可以是核心网设备确定，并通过接入网设备发送给终端设备的，不予限制。
本申请实施例中以第一终端设备为例，对终端设备接收第一寻呼信息的过程进行描述。
第一种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息可以包括第一标识信息。
其中，第一标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息。或者，第一标识信息可以用于指示终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息。
可选的，当第一标识信息用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息时，终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息可以为如图2所示的16比特的AMF的标识信息，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息可以小于32比特。
示例性的，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息可以根据临时识别码(temporary mobile subscriber identity，TMSI)确定。
例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于TMSI与1024的模值(TMSI mod1024)。
又例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于TMSI与1000的模值(TMSI mod1000)。
其中，TMSI的设置是为了防止非法个人或团体通过监听无线路径上的信令交换而窃得移动客户真实的国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number，IMSI)或跟踪移动客户的位置，并不断地进行更换，更换周期可以由网络运营者设置。更换的频次越快，起到的保密性越好，对客户的用户识别模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)卡寿命可能会有影响。
又一种示例中，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息也可以根据国际移动设备身份码(international mobile equipment identity，IMEI)确定。
例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于IMEI与1024的模值(IMEI mod1024)。
又例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于IMEI与1000的模值(IMEI mod1000)。
其中，IMEI可以是由15位数字组成的"电子串号"，它与每台手机一一对应，而且该码是全世界唯一的。每一只手机在组装完成后都将被赋予一个全球唯一的一组号码，这个号码从生产到交付使用都将被制造生产的厂商所记录。
再一种示例中，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息也可以根据IMSI确定。
例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于IMSI与1024的模值(IMSI mod1024)。
又例如，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息的取值可以等于IMSI与1000的模值(IMSI mod1000)。
其中，IMSI是区别移动用户的标志，储存在SIM卡中，可用于区别移动用户的有效信息。其总长度不超过15位，同样使用0～9的数字。其中移动国家代码是移动用户所属国家代号，占3位数字，中国的移动国家代码规定为460，移动网络代码是移动网号码，最多由两位数字组成，用于识别移动用户所归属的移动通信网；移动电话用户身份证号码是移动用户识别码，用以识别某一移动通信网中的移动 用户。
可选的，当第一标识信息用于指示终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息时，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息可以小于或等于32比特。
示例性的，终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息可以为如图2所示的32比特的终端设备在AMF内的标识信息，或者，也可以根据TMSI确定(如等于TMSI与1024的模值，或者，等于TMSI与1000的模值)，或者，也可以根据IMEI确定(如等于IMEI与1024的模值，或者，等于IMEI与1000的模值)，或者，也可以根据IMSI确定(如等于IMSI与1024的模值，或者，等于IMSI与1000的模值)，不予限制。
第二种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息可以包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息。
其中，第二标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第三标识信息可以用于指示终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息。
其中，核心网设备或接入网设备可以对终端设备进行分组，根据分组结果确定终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息、以及终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息。
可选的，核心网设备或接入网设备对终端设备进行分组时，可以根据下述一种或多种参数对终端设备进行分组：寻呼周期、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
例如，可以将寻呼周期相同的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将业务类型相同的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将通信频率在同一频率范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备，或者，将通信时间在同一时间范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将时延需求在同一时延范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将功耗需求在同一功耗范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将小区负载在同一负载范围的小区中的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将调制方式相同的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将编码方式相同的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将覆盖需求在同一覆盖范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组，或者，将灵敏度需求在同一灵敏度范围内的终端设备分到同一个终端设备组。
可选的，对于不同的终端设备组，终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息可以相同，也可以不同，不予限制。
示例性的，以终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息占用2比特，终端设备在终端设备组中的标识信息占用2比特为例，假设终端设备组1包括终端设备1和终端设备2，终端设备组2包括终端设备3和终端设备4，则终端设备1至终端设备4的标识信息依次可以为0000、0001、0110、0111，其中，前2比特的00表示终端设备组1，01表示终端设备组2；后两比特的00表示终端设备1，01表示终端设备2，10表示终端设备3，11表示终端设备4。或者，终端设备1至终端设备4的标识信息依次也可以为0000、0001、0100、0101，其中，前2比特的00表示终端设备组1，当前2比特为00时，后两比特的00表示终端设备1，01表示终端设备2；前2比特的01表示终端设备组2，当前2比特为01时，后两比特的00表示终端设备3，01表示终端设备4。
第三种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息可以包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息。
其中，第二标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第四标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；第五标识信息可以用于指示终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息；一个终端设备组可以包括一个或多个终端设备子组。
其中，对终端设备组的描述可以参照上述第二种可能的设计中对终端设备组的相关描述，不予赘述。
可选的，核心网设备或接入网设备对终端设备进行分组时，可以根据下述一种或多种参数确定终端设备关联的终端设备组和/或终端设备关联的终端设备子组：寻呼周期、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
其中，对于不同的终端设备组，终端设备子组的标识信息可以相同，也可以不同；对于不同的终端设备子组，终端设备在终端设备子组中的标识信息可以相同，也可以不同，不予限制。
第四种可能的设计中，终端设备的标识信息可以包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息。
其中，第二标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；第一标识信息可以用于指示终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息，或者， 第一标识信息可以用于指示终端设备在移动性管理网元中的标识信息。
其中，对第一标识信息的描述可以参照上述第一种可能的设计中对第一标识信息的相关描述，对第二标识信息的描述可以参照上述第二种可能的设计中对第二标识信息的相关描述，不予赘述。
基于上述四种可能的设计，第一终端设备可以包括第一接收机和第二接收机，第一终端设备接收第一寻呼信息时，可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息，也可以通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息。
其中，第一终端设备通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息时，可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
其中，对第一接收机和第二接收机的描述可以参照前述图3中对终端设备的相关描述，不予赘述。
第一种示例中，如图6中的类型1所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息。
其中，第一终端设备的第一接收机可以将接收到的第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息进行比较，如果相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第一接收机接收到的第一标识信息不包括第一终端设备的标识信息，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息中包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入，如第二接收机可以基于随机接入流程进行网络接入。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第二种示例中，如图6中的类型2所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第三标识信息。
可选的，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第一接收机的接收功耗。如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第三标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第一接收机接收到的第三标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第三标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息进行比较，如果不同，则可以不用继续对接收到的第三标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息进行比较，缩短处理时延。如果相同，则可以继续对接收到的第三标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息进行比较，如果相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第三标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息和第三标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息和第三标识信息进行比较，如果第二标识信息和第三标识信息均相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果第二标识信息和第三标识信息至少一个不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息中包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入，如第二接收机可以基于随机接入流程进行网络接入。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信 息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第三种示例中，如图6中的类型3所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息。
可选的，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第四标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第一接收机的接收功耗。如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第四标识信息，如果第四标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第五标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第一接收机的接收功耗。如果第四标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第五标识信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第五标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第五标识信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第一接收机接收到的第五标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第五标识信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息进行比较，如果不同，则可以不用继续对接收到的第四标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息进行比较，缩短处理时延。如果相同，则可以继续对接收到的第四标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息进行比较，如果不同，则可以不用继续对接收到的第五标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第五标识信息进行比较，缩短处理时延。如果相同，则可以继续对接收到的第五标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第五标识信息进行比较，如果相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息进行比较，如果第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息均相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息至少一个不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息中包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入，如第二接收机可以基于随机接入流程进行网络接入。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第四种示例中，如图6中的类型4所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第一标识信息。
可选的，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息；如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第一接收机的接收功耗。如果第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第一标识信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第一接收机接收到的第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信 息中的第一标识信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第一标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息进行比较，如果不同，则可以不用继续对接收到的第一标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第一标识信息进行比较，缩短处理时延。如果相同，则可以继续对接收到的第一标识信息和第一终端设备的标识信息中的第一标识信息进行比较，如果相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可替换的，第一终端设备也可以在通过第一接收机接收完第一寻呼信息中的第二标识信息和第一标识信息后，将接收到的第二标识信息和第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息和第一标识信息进行比较，如果第二标识信息和第一标识信息均相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接，如果第二标识信息和第一标识信息至少一个不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息中包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机进行网络接入，如第二接收机可以基于随机接入流程进行网络接入。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第五种示例中，如图6中的类型5所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二部分比特信息。
其中，第一部分比特信息可以为第一标识信息的第一部分比特信息，第二部分比特信息可以为第一标识信息的第二部分比特信息。
可选的，第一终端设备通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息时，第一终端设备可以先通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第一部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分比特信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二部分比特信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第二接收机的接收功耗。如果第一接收机接收到的第一部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分比特信息相同，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。如果第二接收机接收到的第二部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二部分比特信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第二接收机接收到的第二部分比特信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二部分比特信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分比特信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第六种示例中，如图6中的类型6所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二部分比特信息。
其中，第一部分比特信息可以为第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息可以为第一标识信息。
可选的，第一终端设备通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息时，第一终端设备可以先通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二标识信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第二接收机的接收功耗。如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机继续接收第一寻呼信 息的第一标识信息。如果第二接收机接收到的第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第一标识信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第二接收机接收到的第一标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第一标识信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第一标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第七种示例中，如图6中的类型7所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二部分比特信息。
其中，第一部分比特信息可以为第二标识信息，第二部分比特信息可以为第三标识信息。
可选的，第一终端设备通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息时，第一终端设备可以先通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二标识信息，如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息不同，第一终端设备可以不用唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息，从而缩短处理时延，降低第二接收机的接收功耗。如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息相同，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息的第三标识信息。如果第二接收机接收到的第三标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第二接收机接收到的第三标识信息与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第三标识信息的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
第八种示例中，如图6中的类型8所示，以终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息为例，第一终端设备可以通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第一部分比特信息，通过第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第二部分比特信息。
其中，第一部分比特信息可以包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分，第二部分比特信息可以包括第三标识信息的第二部分。
可选的，第一终端设备通过第一接收机和第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息时，第一终端设备可以先通过第一接收机接收第一寻呼信息的第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分，如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分不同，第一终端设备可以不用唤醒第二接收机接收第一寻呼信息中的第三标识信息的第二部分，从而缩短处理时延，降低第二接收机的接收功耗。如果第一接收机接收到的第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分与第一终端设备的标识信息的第二标识信息和第三标识信息的第一部分相同，第一终端设备可以唤醒第二接收机继续接收第一寻呼信息的第三标识信息的第二部分。如果第二接收机接收到的第三标识信息的第二部分与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息的第二部分相同，则可以确定第一寻呼信息包括第一终端设备的标识信息，第一终端设备根据该第一寻呼信息可以与接入网设备建立通信连接。如果第二接收机接收到的第三标识信息的第二部分与第一终端设备的标识信息中的第三标识信息的第二部分不同，则第一终端设备可以不用响应该第一寻呼信息。
可选的，如果第一终端设备的第一接收机在预设时长内未监测到包括第一终端设备的标识信息的第三标识信息的第二部分的第一寻呼信息，第一终端设备可以在该预设时长超期时唤醒第二接收机，通过第二接收机接收第二寻呼信息。
其中，第二寻呼信息可以包括如图2所示的终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述图6所示的八种示例，可选的，不同类型的第一寻呼信息的分配规则可以适用于不同的应用场景。
例如，类型1、类型2、类型3和类型4可以应用于低功耗需求较高的场景。第一接收机可以独立完成第一寻呼信息的接收流程，不需要开启第二接收机，功耗较低。另外，考虑到监测第一寻呼信息时的时延引起的额外功耗的问题，类型1可以应用于网络负载较小的场景中，类型2和类型4可以应用于网络负载适中的场景中，类型3可以应用于网络负载较高的场景中。可以理解的是，类型3可以退化为类型1或类型2或类型4，配置更加灵活。
又例如，类型5、类型6、类型7、和类型8都可以用于低功耗需求较低的场景。第一接收机和第二接收机共同完成第一寻呼信息的接收流程。另外，考虑到信道状态条件对虚警率的指标的影响，类型6和类型7可以分别适用于信道状态条件较差和信道状态条件较好的场景。类型5是功耗和时延考虑折中的一种方案。类型8是类型1和类型6较折中的方案。
上述图6所示的各种类型的第一寻呼信息的接收方式的本质在于：在第一寻呼信息由第一接收机接收的部分的比例和由第二接收机接收的部分的比例之间寻找一个平衡点。
可选的，第一终端设备接收第一寻呼信息时，可以根据第一寻呼信息的候选长度(或者描述为候选的第一寻呼信息占用的比特数)，接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息。
可选的，可以预定义不同的终端设备在不同的第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息。即第一寻呼信息可以有不同的候选长度，可以基于不同的第一寻呼信息的候选长度给同一个终端设备预定义不同的终端设备的标识信息。即第一寻呼信息的候选长度和终端设备的标识信息存在对应关系。
示例性的，候选的第一寻呼信息所占的比特数可以为10比特、13比特、15比特、17比特、20比特、25比特、30比特、32比特、40比特、45比特、48比特等。
例如，以候选的第一寻呼信息所占的比特数为10比特为例，则终端设备的标识信息可以由10个比特组成。又例如，以候选的第一寻呼信息所占的比特数为32比特为例，则终端设备的标识信息可以由32个比特组成。
可选的，候选长度可以是预定义的，也可以是接入网设备通过第一指示信息动态指示给第一终端设备的，或者是核心网设备通过接入网设备通过第一指示信息动态指示给第一终端设备的，即第一指示信息可以用于指示候选长度。
例如，假设预定义候选的第一寻呼信息的长度为10比特、20比特和32比特三种，则终端设备可以只监测这三种长度的第一寻呼信息。又例如，预定义候选的第一寻呼信息的长度也可以是接入网设备或核心网设备通过第一指示信息动态指示的。
可选的，接入网设备或核心网设备可以将第一指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信息中动态指示给终端设备：系统消息、下行控制信息、下行数据信道(即第一指示信息可以跟随数据传输)。
可选的，基于上述对第一终端设备的标识信息的描述，该第一终端设备的标识信息可以是预定义的，也可以是接入网设备发送给第一终端设备的，也可以是核心网设备通过接入网设备发送给第一终端设备的。
示例性的，核心网设备或接入网设备分配的第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息可以是动态分配的。
其中，核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据当前的网络负载情况，选择合适的第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的长度，通过动态信令动态分配终端设备的标识信息。
例如，第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息可以通过系统消息指示。或者，第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息可以通过下行控制信息指示。或者，第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息可以携带在下行数据信道中指示，即第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息可以跟随数据传输。
对于终端设备，终端设备可以通过和核心网设备或接入网设备进行多次交互以获得自身的终端设备的标识信息。
例如，核心网设备在动态分配第一寻呼信息之前，可以先将对应的预定义的终端设备的标识信息通过接入网设备发送给终端设备，该预定义的终端设备的标识信息可以是指与特有终端设备绑定的终端设备的标识信息。这样，当核心网设备或接入网设备对终端设备进行寻呼时，终端设备根据自身的标识信息，就可以知道该寻呼过程是否寻呼到自己。
在核心网设备或接入网设备和终端设备进行完前期的交互后，核心网设备或接入网设备可以通过动态分配的方式分配终端设备的标识信息。
另外，核心网设备或接入网设备和终端设备在进行上述的一次前期信息交互后，可以进行额外的确认信息的流程，以进一步降低虚警率，实现核心网设备或接入网设备和终端设备的进一步的对齐。
例如，终端设备在收到预定义的终端设备的标识信息后，可以通过接入网设备向核心网设备透传自己的确认信息。核心网设备可以在收到该确认信息后，开始后续的寻呼过程。
可选的，第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，第一终端设备还可以向接入网设备或核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息。
可选的，当第一终端设备与接入网设备之间没有建立通信连接时，第一终端设备可以向核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息。核心网设备可以将接收到的下述一种或多种信息发送给接入网设备：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息。
其中，第二指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；第三指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；第四指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
示例性的，第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型可以为上述图6所示的八种类型中的任意一种或多种。
例如，可以采用3比特表征第二指示信息，如当第二指示信息的取值为000时，可以指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型为上述图6所示的类型1，当第二指示信息的取值为001时，可以指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型为上述图6所示的类型2，…，当第二指示信息的取值为111时，可以指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型为上述图6所示的类型8。
第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二指示信息时，还可以通过第三指示信息和第四指示信息指示第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型中，第一接收机期望接收的全部或部分第一寻呼信息中携带的比特数和第二接收机接收的全部或部分第一寻呼信息中携带的比特数。
可选的，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息之前，接入网设备还可以向第一终端设备发送第一能力信息，第一终端设备根据该第一能力信息可以向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息。
示例性的，以终端设备为第一终端设备为例，接入网设备可以采用下述图7所示的方法，向第一终端设备发送寻呼配置，第一终端设备可以根据该寻呼配置接收第一寻呼信息：
步骤701、接入网设备广播第一能力信息。
其中，第一能力信息可以用于指示接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力。或者，第一能力信息也可以用于指示接入网设备是否有LP-WUS/R的能力，或者用于指示接入网设备是否有LP-WUS/R的配置。
可选的，接入网设备可以通过系统消息广播第一能力信息，也可以通过其它公共消息广播第一能力信息，不予限制。
步骤702、第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息。
其中，第二能力信息可以用于指示下述一种或多种：终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。或者，第二能力信息还可以用于指示终端设备是否支持LP-WUS/R模式。
可选的，有LP-WUS/R能力的终端设备(如第一终端设备)可以向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息。
可选的，当第一终端设备与接入网设备建立通信连接时，第一终端设备可以通过接入网设备向核心网设备发送第二能力信息。当第一终端设备与接入网设备没有建立通信连接时，第一终端设备可以向核心网设备发送第二能力信息，核心网设备将第二能力信息发送给接入网设备。
步骤703、核心网设备向接入网设备发送第一寻呼信息、低功耗模式信息。
其中，低功耗模式信息可以为LP-WUS/R模式。
步骤704、接入网设备向第一终端设备发送寻呼配置。
其中，接入网设备可以包括多套寻呼配置的候选，接入网设备从多套寻呼配置中选择可以配置给第一终端设备的寻呼配置。
其中，寻呼配置可以包括寻呼周期等配置信息。
步骤705、核心网设备或接入网设备发送第一寻呼信息；相应的，第一终端设备根据寻呼配置接收第一寻呼信息。
其中，第一终端设备可以是LP-WUS/R终端设备。
可选的，上述步骤702中，第一终端设备向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息时，还可以向核心网设备发送第一信息(或者描述为寻呼需求信息、需求信息等)，核心网设备将第一信息发送给接入网设备，接入网设备根据该第一信息，可以从多套候选寻呼配置中，选择可以配置给第一终端设备的寻呼配置。或者，第一终端设备也可以直接向接入网设备发送第一信息，接入网设备还可以将第一信息发送给核心网设备。
其中，第一信息可以用于指示下述一种或多种：第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、第一终端设备的时延需求、第一终端设备的功耗需求、第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
示例性的，第一寻呼信息的调制方式可以为下述一种或多种：开关键控(on-off keying，OOK)调制方式、频移键控(frequency-shift keying，FSK)调制方式、序列携带寻呼信息、索引调制(index modulation，IM)方式、幅移键控(amplitude shift keying，ASK)、双相移键控(biphase shift keying，BPSK)等，不予限制。
示例性的，第一寻呼信息的编码方式可以为下述一种或多种：曼彻斯特编码方式、NB/MB编码方式、差分曼彻斯特编码方式、非归零码、非归零反转码、归零码等，不予限制。
其中，第一终端设备的时延需求可以为时延的绝对门限值、或者时延等级、或者时延范围(或者描述为时延的绝对门限值所在的范围)等，第一终端设备的时延需求也可以为时延索引。该时延索引可以与时延的绝对门限值、或时延等级、或时延范围有对应关系。
示例性的，以时延等级和时延范围为例，如下述表2所示，可以预定义时延等级与时延范围之间的对应关系，第一终端设备上报时延需求时，可以选择上报时延等级，也可以选择上报时延范围。预定义的对应关系可以是如表2所示的表格形式，也可以是公式的形式，还可以是罗列的形式，不予限制。
表2
又一种示例中，以时延等级和时延绝对门限值为例，可以预定义时延等级和时延绝对门限值之间的对应关系。例如，时延等级为1，对应时延绝对门限值可以为10ms，时延等级为2，对应时延绝对门限值可以为20ms。
其中，对于第一终端设备的功耗需求，第一终端设备可以有最大的功耗承受值，可以将这个值称为第一终端设备的功耗能力。第一终端设备上报的功耗需求需要在第一终端设备的功耗能力内。
示例性的，第一终端设备上报的功耗需求可以是功耗的绝对门限值，也可以是功耗等级，或者可以是功耗范围。功耗等级和功耗范围的对应关系，以及功耗等级和功耗绝对门限值的对应关系，可以参考上述对于时延等级、时延范围、时延绝对门限值的相关描述。又一种示例中，第一终端设备上报的功耗需求也可以是功耗索引，该功耗索引可以与功耗绝对门限值、或功耗等级、或功耗范围有对应关系。
其中，对于第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期，如果第一终端设备没有配置eDRX，第一终端设备可以上报期望的寻呼周期值。例如，期望的寻呼周期可以为32个无线帧、或者64个无线帧、或者128个无线帧、或者256个无线帧。如果第一终端设备配置了eDRX，第一终端设备可以上报期望的eDRX周期值。例如，期望的寻呼周期可以为256个无线帧、或者512个无线帧、或者1024个无线帧。
可选的，第一终端设备上报的期望的寻呼周期，除了上述寻呼周期的绝对数值的上报形式外，还可以是上报寻呼周期的等级，或者上报寻呼周期的范围，不予限制。具体的上报方式可以参考上述对于时延等级、时延范围、时延绝对门限值的相关描述，不予赘述。
其中，对于第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求，该覆盖需求也可以描述为灵敏度需求。
示例性的，覆盖需求可以表示覆盖的绝对门限值，或者表示覆盖的等级，或者表示覆盖范围(或者 描述为覆盖的绝对门限值的范围)。又一种示例中，覆盖需求也可以表示覆盖索引，该覆盖索引与覆盖的绝对门限值、或覆盖等级、或覆盖范围之间有对应关系。
例如，以预定义覆盖等级和覆盖范围之间的对应关系为例，如下表3所示，第一终端设备可以上报覆盖等级，接入网设备或核心网设备根据该覆盖等级可以确定第一终端设备期望的覆盖范围。
表3
可选的，第一终端设备可以在接收第一寻呼信息之前向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息，也可以在接收第一寻呼信息之后向接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息，不予限制。
可选的，核心网设备或接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息时，可以根据第一信息确定第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息，动态分配第一寻呼信息。
其中，第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息占用的比特数可以较多(或者描述为长标识信息、长ID)，也可以较少(或者描述为短标识信息、短ID)。第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息占用的比特数可以根据第一信息确定。
可选的，核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据第一信息确定第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的总比特数、以及终端设备的标识信息的类型。
示例性的，核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据第一信息指示的调制方式、编码方式等确定第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的总比特数。
示例性的，核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据第一信息指示的时延需求、功耗需求等确定第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的总比特数。
可选的，对于各种类型的第一寻呼信息，每一种类型的第一寻呼信息携带的终端设备的标识信息的各个组成部分占用的比特数可以有预先设定的候选值，第一寻呼信息携带的终端设备的标识信息的总比特数也可以有预先设置的候选值。核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据第一信息指示的调制方式、编码方式等从总比特数的候选值中确定第一寻呼信息携带的终端设备的标识信息的总比特数，根据第一信息指示的时延需求、功耗需求等从各个组成部分的候选值中，确定第一寻呼信息中携带的终端设备的标识信息的各个组成部分占用的比特数，然后组成第一寻呼信息。
一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备向核心网设备或接入网设备发送第一信息时，可以采用静态上报的方式，将第一信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中向接入网设备或核心网设备发送：注册信息、非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求(hybrid auto repeat request，HARQ)反馈信息、缓冲状态报告。
其中，第一终端设备可以将第一信息携带在注册信息中，并承载在NAS信息中透传给核心网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在上行控制信息中发送给接入网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在HARQ反馈信息中上报给接入网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在缓冲状态报告中上报给接入网设备。
又一种可能的设计中，第一终端设备向核心网设备或接入网设备发送第一信息时，也可以采用动态上报的方式，如通过接入网设备触发上报，或者第一终端设备主动上报。
示例性的，当接入网设备需要优化资源配置时，需要考虑第一终端设备的需求，接入网设备可以通过在下行控制信息中携带第五指示信息动态触发第一终端设备上报第一信息。其中，第五指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备上报第一信息。
又一种示例中，当第一终端设备和网络(如接入网设备)协商的配置信息对第一终端设备不友好(如不利于第一终端设备节能，或者不适配第一终端设备的业务，或者不满足第一终端设备的时延需求，或者不满足第一终端设备的覆盖需求等)，则第一终端设备可以主动上报第一信息。
其中，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在上行控制信息中发送给接入网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在HARQ反馈信息中上报给接入网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息承载在缓冲状态报告中上报给接入网设备。或者，第一终端设备可以将第一信息携带在注册信息中，并承载在NAS信息中透传给核心网设备。
可选的，接入网设备或核心网设备向各个小区的终端设备发送第一寻呼信息时，不同的小区可以对应不同类型的第一寻呼信息，同一小区在不同时刻也可以对应不同类型的第一寻呼信息。
可选的，上述实施例中，当第一终端设备处于RRC空闲态时，第一终端设备可以向核心网设备(如移动性管理网元)上报相关信息(如第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第二能力信息、第一信息等)，核心网设备将接收到的该相关信息发送给接入网设备，核心网设备或接入网设备根据该相关信息向第一终端设备发送第一寻呼信息。
当第一终端设备处于RRC连接态时，上述实施例也可以适用于下列流程：第一终端设备将上述相关信息上报给接入网设备，接入网设备将接收到的该相关信息发送给核心网设备，核心网设备再发送相关的信息(如第一指示信息、第一寻呼信息等)给接入网设备基站，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送寻呼配置或第一寻呼信息等信息。
其中，第一终端设备将上述相关信息上报给核心网设备或接入网设备时，可以采用静态上报的方式，也可以采用动态上报的方式，如接入网设备触发上报，或者第一终端设备主动上报。
基于上述图5至图7所示的方法，由于终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48，可以在保证用户安全性的同时降低信令开销，降低终端设备的功耗，有利于终端设备节能。
另外，通过核心网设备和第一终端设备之间的信息交互，可以使核心网设备有更多的参考信息，用于分配更合适的用于携带在第一寻呼信息中的终端设备的标识信息的长度和类型。上述实施例中，核心网设备或接入网设备还可以动态调整第一寻呼信息中的终端设备的标识信息的长度和类型，可以进一步提高网络容量。对于第一终端设备，通过向核心网设备或接入网设备上报自己的寻呼需求信息，可以与核心网设备或接入网设备进行较多的信息交互，最终可以更大程度地获得更优的配置信息。
同时，在本申请的寻呼机制中，第一终端设备向核心网设备上报寻呼需求信息时，不仅可以上报期望的寻呼周期，还可以上报期望的第一寻呼信息的类型、调制方式、编码方式、时延需求、功耗需求、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求等信息，便于网络和第一终端设备在更多寻呼配置参数方面达成共识，从而利于终端设备节能。
可选的，上述实施例中，第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的第六指示信息。
其中，第六指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期；该周期可以根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
其中，接入网设备可以通过不同的规则配置第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。类似的，接入网设备也可以采用相同的规则配置第一终端设备检测第二寻呼信息的周期。
示例性的，以第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期根据通信频率和时延需求确定为例，接入网设备可以根据下述配置规则一确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期：
配置规则一：依据终端设备进行第一寻呼信息的周期的配置。即不同的终端设备可以有不同的第一寻呼信息的周期长度的配置。
例如，假设终端设备1属于通信频率较高(或者描述为活动较频繁)的终端设备，且对时延的需求较高，则接入网设备可以给终端设备1分配较小的第一寻呼信息的周期，如分配的第一寻呼信息的周期可以为128个无线帧，或者256个无线帧。
又例如，假设终端设备2属于通信频率较低(或者描述为活动较不频繁)的终端设备，且对时延的需求较小，则接入网设备可以给终端设备2分配较大的第一寻呼信息的周期，如分配的第一寻呼信息的周期可以为32个无线帧，或者64个无线帧。
又一种示例中，以第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期根据终端设备组确定为例，接入网设备可以根据下述配置规则二确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期：
配置规则二：接入网设备可以将终端设备进行分组，根据终端设备组进行第一寻呼信息的周期的配 置。与上述配置规则一相比，配置粒度可以更大，不再固定是每个终端设备有不同的配置，而是一个或多个终端设备具有相同的第一寻呼信息的周期的配置。
其中，不同的终端设备进行分组的方式可以是，接入网设备根据核心网设备的信息，将具有相同期望的第一寻呼信息的周期等级的终端设备归于一个终端设备组，这个终端设备组内的所有终端设备配置相同的第一寻呼信息的监测周期。除了根据终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的周期进行分组外，终端设备分组的规则还可以根据终端设备不同的业务类型，还可以根据用户使用终端设备的习惯，或者根据用户使用终端设备的频率等，不予限制。
可选的，接入网设备为第一终端设备配置第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期时，可以有不同的配置指示。例如，接入网设备可以将第六指示信息携带在系统消息中指示给终端设备，或者，将第六指示信息携带在下行控制信息中指示给终端设备，或者，将第六指示信息携带在下行数据信道中指示给终端设备，即第六指示信息可以跟随数据传输。
可选的，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的第八指示信息。
其中，第八指示信息可以用于指示接入网设备为第一终端设备分配的时频资源；该时频资源可以根据第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
其中，接入网设备给第一终端设备进行时频资源分配时可以参考第一终端设备上报的信息(如第一信息)。
示例性的，以第一终端设备向核心网设备上报的第一信息中包括第一终端设备的时延需求为例，如果第一终端设备对于时延的需求较高(或者描述为对时延的需求较严苛)，接入网设备在进行时频资源分配的时候，可以将第一终端设备的优先级提高一些，如可以给第一终端设备分配更多的时频资源，便于第一终端设备快速完成信息传输。
又一种示例中，以第一终端设备向核心网设备上报的第一信息中包括第一终端设备的覆盖需求或灵敏度需求为例，如果第一终端设备对于覆盖或灵敏度的需求较高(或者描述为对覆盖或灵敏度的需求较严苛)，接入网设备在进行时频资源分配的时候，可以将第一终端设备的优先级提高一些，如可以给第一终端设备分配更多的时频资源，便于第一终端设备快速完成信息传输。
接入网设备获得第一终端设备的第一信息后，可以参考第一终端设备上报的第一信息来进行时频资源配置。第一终端设备上报的第一信息可以是上报给核心网设备，核心网设备将第一信息转发给接入网设备。第一终端设备上报的第一信息也可以是上报给接入网设备。若第一终端设备上报的第一信息是上报给接入网设备，接入网设备可以进一步发给核心网设备，核心网设备再发给接入网设备，也可以是接入网设备直接根据第一终端设备上报的第一信息进行后续的时频资源配置或是与第一终端设备之间的信息传输，不予限制。
可选的，第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息之前，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的第七指示信息。
其中，第七指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则。
其中，接入网设备为第一终端设备配置第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期时，可以自适应调整第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，以使第一终端设备获得更优的第一寻呼信息的周期的配置，进一步达到节能的效果。
示例性的，如果第一终端设备没有配置eDRX，接入网设备可以通过第七指示信息向第一终端设备指示下述三种可能的确定规则中的任意一种或多种，作为第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则。
确定规则一：确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
其中，高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，也可以理解为第一终端设备上报了期望的DRX周期或寻呼周期。高层可以表示接入网设备，预设周期可以为默认数值。
其中，该默认数值可以是接入网设备通过RRC信令配置的DRX周期或寻呼周期。
确定规则二：确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
其中，在一些应用场景中，如果默认数值设置过小，则接入网设备在配置DRX周期或寻呼周期的时候，可能无法参考第一终端设备上报的期望的DRX周期或寻呼周期，接入网设备最后配置的DRX周期或寻呼周期对于第一终端设备来说并不一定是完美的配置。因为，基于上述考虑，接入网设备在配置DRX周期或寻呼周期的时候，还可以参考该确定规则二，根据DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
确定规则三：确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
其中，在RRC空闲态，如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，则可以使用取值为默认数值的预设周期作为第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
示例性的，接入网设备通过第七指示信息告知第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则时，可以使用2bit动态指示上述三种确定规则。例如，比特状态11可以表示接入网设备通过确定规则一确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，比特状态10可以表示接入网设备通过确定规则二确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期，比特状态01可以表示接入网设备通过确定规则三确定第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期。
又一种示例中，接入网设备通过第七指示信息告知第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则时，可以使用1bit动态指示高层是否配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期。例如，比特状态1可以表示高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，比特状态0可以表示高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期。在上述1个bit指示的基础上，接入网设备还可以使用另外的1bit指示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定方式。例如，上述1个bit的比特状态为1，若另外的1bit的比特状态为1，表示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期由终端设备特定的DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定。或者，上述1个bit的比特状态为1，若另外的1bit的比特状态为0，表示第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期由终端设备特定的DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定。
可选的，第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期也可以是预定义的。例如，如果没有配置eDRX，但是高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，即终端设备上报了期望的DRX周期或寻呼周期，则第一终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期由终端设备特定的DRX周期或寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定。
上述实施例中，接入网设备可以根据单终端设备或是终端设备组进行第一寻呼信息的周期的配置。通过自适应的配置方式的调整，终端设备可以获得更优的第一寻呼信息的周期的配置，以达到节能、性能提升的效果。同样，对于接入网设备，可以根据不同的配置信息，进行时频资源分配的调整，以达到容量提升的效果。另外，通过提出的新的终端设备监测第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，可以在接入网设备配置第一寻呼信息的周期时，使终端设备上报的期望的寻呼周期更容易被接入网设备考虑，有利于终端设备节能，或者更利于满足终端设备不同的时延需求、功耗需求、覆盖需求或灵敏度需求等。同时也利于网络的容量提升。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的各个方法可以单独实施，也可以结合起来实施，不予限制。
可以理解的，本申请实施例中，执行主体可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤，这些步骤或操作仅是示例，本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外，各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行，并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。
上述主要从设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对各个设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分 是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图8示出了一种通信装置80，该通信装置80可以执行上述图5至图7中第一终端设备执行的动作，或者执行上述图5至图7中接入网设备执行的动作，或者执行上述图5至图7中核心网设备执行的动作。
其中，通信装置80可以包括收发模块801和处理模块802。示例性地，通信装置80可以是通信设备，也可以是应用于通信设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述通信装置功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置80是通信设备时，收发模块801可以是收发器，收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等；处理模块802可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器，基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当通信装置80是具有上述通信装置功能的部件时，收发模块801可以是射频单元；处理模块802可以是处理器(或者，处理电路)，例如基带处理器。当通信装置80是芯片系统时，收发模块801可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口；处理模块802可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者，处理电路)，可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解，本申请实施例中的收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现；处理模块802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者，称为处理电路)实现。
例如，收发模块801可以用于执行图5至图7所示的实施例中由通信装置所执行的全部收发操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程；处理模块802可以用于执行图5至图7所示的实施例中由通信装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
作为又一种可实现方式，图8中的收发模块801可以由收发器代替，该收发器可以集成收发模块801的功能；处理模块802可以由处理器代替，该处理器可以集成处理模块802的功能。进一步的，图8所示通信装置80还可以包括存储器。
可替换的，当处理模块802由处理器代替，收发模块801由收发器代替时，本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置80还可以为图9所示的通信装置90，其中，处理器可以为逻辑电路901，收发器可以是接口电路902。进一步的，图9所示通信装置90还可以包括存储器903。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时可以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时可以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成，该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的终端(包括数据发送端和/或数据接收端)的内部存储单元，例如终端的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述终端的外部存储设备，例如上述终端上配备的插接式硬盘，智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC)，安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡，闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地，上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述终端的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述终端所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。
需要说明的是，本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象，而不是用于描述特定顺序。“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元，或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
应当理解，在本申请中，“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个。“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上。“和/或”，用于描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系。例如，“A和/或B”可以表示：只存在A，只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少 一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b或c中的至少一项(个)，或者a、b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a、b、c、“a和b”、“a和c”、“b和c”或“a和b和c”，其中a、b、c可以是单个，也可以是多个。“……时”以及“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求实现时要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
在本申请实施例中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念，便于理解。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。

Claims (35)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼信息；其中，所述第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，所述一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48；
    根据所述第一寻呼信息，确定所述一个或多个终端设备的标识信息是否包括第一终端设备的标识信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；
    其中，所述第一标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和所述终端设备在所述移动性管理网元中的标识信息；所述第二标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；所述第三标识信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述终端设备组中的标识信息；所述第四标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；所述第五标识信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述终端设备子组中的标识信息；所述终端设备组包括一个或多个所述终端设备子组。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备包括第一接收机和第二接收机；所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息，包括：
    通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息；或者
    通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过所述第二接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一接收机的功耗小于所述第二接收机的功耗。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息，包括：
    如果所述终端设备的标识信息包括所述第一标识信息，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第一标识信息；或者
    如果所述终端设备的标识信息包括所述第二标识信息和所述第三标识信息，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第二标识信息；如果所述第二标识信息与所述第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第三标识信息；或者
    如果所述终端设备的标识信息包括所述第二标识信息、所述第四标识信息和所述第五标识信息，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第二标识信息；如果所述第二标识信息与所述第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第四标识信息；如果所述第四标识信息与所述第一终端设备的标识信息中的第四标识信息相同，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第五标识信息；或者
    如果所述终端设备的标识信息包括所述第二标识信息和所述第一标识信息，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第二标识信息；如果所述第二标识信息与所述第一终端设备的标识信息中的第二标识信息相同，通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息中的所述第一标识信息。
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，如果通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息，所述方法还包括：
    如果所述第一接收机接收到的第一寻呼信息包括所述第一终端设备的标识信息，唤醒所述第二接收机进行网络接入。
  8. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述通过所述第一接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息的第一部分比特信息，通过所述第二接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息，包括：
    如果所述第一接收机接收到的所述第一部分比特信息与所述第一终端设备的标识信息的第一部分 比特信息相同，唤醒所述第二接收机接收所述第一寻呼信息的第二部分比特信息。
  9. 根据权利要求4、5或8所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一部分比特信息为所述第一标识信息的第一部分比特信息，所述第二部分比特信息为所述第一标识信息的第二部分比特信息；或者
    所述第一部分比特信息包括所述第二标识信息，所述第二部分比特信息包括所述第一标识信息；或者
    所述第一部分比特信息包括所述第二标识信息，所述第二部分比特信息包括所述第三标识信息；或者
    所述第一部分比特信息包括所述第二标识信息和所述第三标识信息的第一部分，所述第二部分比特信息包括所述第三标识信息的第二部分。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息，包括：
    根据所述第一寻呼信息的候选长度，接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息；
    其中，所述候选长度是预定义的；或者，接收来自所述接入网设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述候选长度。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一终端设备的标识信息是预定义的；或者
    接收来自所述接入网设备或核心网设备的所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    向所述接入网设备或核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；
    其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第一能力信息；其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；
    根据所述第一能力信息，向所述接入网设备或核心网设备发送第二能力信息；其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：所述终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、所述终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述接入网设备或核心网设备发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：所述第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、所述第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、所述第一终端设备的时延需求、所述第一终端设备的功耗需求、所述第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、所述第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、所述第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述接入网设备或所述核心网设备发送所述第一信息，包括：
    将所述第一信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中向所述接入网设备或所述核心网设备发送：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第五指示信息，根据所述第五指示信息，向所述接入网设备或所述核心网设备发送所述第一信息；其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备上报所述第一信息；或者
    如果所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足所述第一终端设备的配置需求，向所述接入网设备或所述核心网设备发送所述第一信息。
  16. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一 寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第六指示信息；其中，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期；所述周期根据所述第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第七指示信息；其中，所述第七指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，所述确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据所述DRX周期或所述寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，所述确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据所述DRX周期或所述寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，所述确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期。
  18. 根据权利要求1-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的第八指示信息；其中，所述第八指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备为所述第一终端设备分配的时频资源；所述时频资源根据所述第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
  19. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定第一寻呼信息；其中，所述第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，所述一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48；
    向第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述确定所述第一寻呼信息，包括：
    接收来自核心网设备的所述第一寻呼信息。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第一标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第三标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息、第四标识信息和第五标识信息；或者
    所述终端设备的标识信息包括第二标识信息和第一标识信息；
    其中，所述第一标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的移动性管理网元的标识信息、和所述终端设备在所述移动性管理网元中的标识信息；所述第二标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的终端设备组的标识信息；所述第三标识信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述终端设备组中的标识信息；所述第四标识信息用于指示所述终端设备关联的终端设备子组的标识信息；所述第五标识信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述终端设备子组中的标识信息；所述终端设备组包括一个或多个所述终端设备子组。
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述每个终端设备的标识信息小于或等于32比特。
  23. 根据权利要求19-22任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；或者
    接收来自所述核心网设备的第一指示信息，向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一指示信息；
    其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一寻呼信息的候选长度。
  24. 根据权利要求19-23任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的标识信息；或者
    接收来自所述核心网设备的所述第一终端设备的标识信息，向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  25. 根据权利要求19-24任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一 寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一终端设备的下述一种或多种：第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息；向所述核心网设备发送下述一种或多种：所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息；或者
    接收来自所述核心网设备的下述一种或多种：所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息、所述第四指示信息；
    其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望接收的第一寻呼信息的类型；所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望通过第一接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数；所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备期望通过第二接收机接收的第一寻呼信息的比特数。
  26. 根据权利要求19-25任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    发送第一能力信息；其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述接入网设备是否具备低功耗能力；
    接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二能力信息；其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示下述一种或多种：所述终端设备是否具备低功耗能力、所述终端设备是否支持进入低功耗模式；
    向所述核心网设备发送所述第二能力信息。
  27. 根据权利要求19-26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一信息；向所述核心网设备发送所述第一信息；或者
    接收来自所述核心网设备的第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于指示下述一种或多种：所述第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的调制方式、所述第一终端设备期望的第一寻呼信息的编码方式、所述第一终端设备的时延需求、所述第一终端设备的功耗需求、所述第一终端设备期望的寻呼周期、所述第一终端设备期望的覆盖需求、所述第一终端设备期望的灵敏度需求。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述第一信息，包括：
    通过下述一种或多种信令接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述第一信息：注册信息、非接入层NAS信息、上行控制信息、混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息、缓冲状态报告；或者
    向所述第一终端设备发送第五指示信息，接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述第一信息；其中，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备上报所述第一信息；或者
    如果向所述第一终端设备发送的配置信息不满足所述第一终端设备的配置需求，接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述第一信息。
  29. 根据权利要求19-28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第六指示信息；其中，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期；所述周期根据所述第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
  30. 根据权利要求19-29任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第七指示信息；其中，所述第七指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期的确定规则，所述确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的非连续接收DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据所述DRX周期或所述寻呼周期和预设周期中的最小值确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，所述确定规则包括如果高层配置了终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据所述DRX周期或所述寻呼周期和预设周期中的最大值确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期，或者，所述确定规则包括如果高层没有配置终端设备特有的DRX周期或寻呼周期，根据预设周期确定所述第一终端设备监测所述第一寻呼信息的周期。
  31. 根据权利要求19-30任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送第八指示信息；其中，所述第八指示信息用于指示为所述第一终端设备分 配的时频资源；所述时频资源根据所述第一终端设备关联的下述一种或多种信息确定：寻呼周期、终端设备组、业务类型、通信频率、通信时间、时延需求、功耗需求、小区负载、网络负载、调制方式、编码方式、覆盖需求、灵敏度需求。
  32. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定第一寻呼信息；其中，所述第一寻呼信息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识信息，所述一个或多个终端设备中的每个终端设备的标识信息的比特数小于48；
    通过接入网设备向第一终端设备发送所述第一寻呼信息。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括处理器；所述处理器，用于运行计算机程序或指令，以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-18任一项所述的通信方法，或者执行如权利要求19-31任一项所述的通信方法，或者执行如权利要求32所述的通信方法。
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序，当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时，使得如权利要求1-18任一项所述的通信方法被执行，或者如权利要求19-31任一项所述的通信方法被执行，或者如权利要求32所述的通信方法被执行。
  35. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令；当部分或全部所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得如权利要求1-18任一项所述的通信方法被执行，或者如权利要求19-31任一项所述的通信方法被执行，或者如权利要求32所述的通信方法被执行。
PCT/CN2023/110574 2022-11-10 2023-08-01 通信方法及装置 WO2024098846A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211407077.1A CN118019088A (zh) 2022-11-10 2022-11-10 通信方法及装置
CN202211407077.1 2022-11-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024098846A1 true WO2024098846A1 (zh) 2024-05-16

Family

ID=90957322

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/110574 WO2024098846A1 (zh) 2022-11-10 2023-08-01 通信方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118019088A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024098846A1 (zh)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103797728A (zh) * 2011-06-15 2014-05-14 Lg电子株式会社 在空闲模式中操作的方法和m2m设备
US20180263012A1 (en) * 2015-09-16 2018-09-13 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for executing paging sequence in wireless communication system, and device for same
CN109644428A (zh) * 2016-08-31 2019-04-16 华为技术有限公司 一种小数据的传输方法、相关设备及系统
US20200169982A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-05-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Technique for Idle Mode Paging in a Radio Communicaiton between a Network Node and a Radio Device
US20210014827A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2021-01-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Paging Optimization Using Truncated UE Identifiers
CN113395748A (zh) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 寻呼方法及装置、通信设备、网络侧设备
CN114830759A (zh) * 2019-12-17 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN116113036A (zh) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-12 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103797728A (zh) * 2011-06-15 2014-05-14 Lg电子株式会社 在空闲模式中操作的方法和m2m设备
US20180263012A1 (en) * 2015-09-16 2018-09-13 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for executing paging sequence in wireless communication system, and device for same
CN109644428A (zh) * 2016-08-31 2019-04-16 华为技术有限公司 一种小数据的传输方法、相关设备及系统
US20200169982A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-05-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Technique for Idle Mode Paging in a Radio Communicaiton between a Network Node and a Radio Device
US20210014827A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2021-01-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Paging Optimization Using Truncated UE Identifiers
CN114830759A (zh) * 2019-12-17 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN113395748A (zh) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 寻呼方法及装置、通信设备、网络侧设备
CN116113036A (zh) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-12 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118019088A (zh) 2024-05-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10924918B2 (en) System and method of user equipment state configurations
EP3826369A1 (en) Sleep method and apparatus for terminal device
KR102060493B1 (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 상시 연결을 위한 시스템 및 방법
US11064437B2 (en) Power saving for wireless device
US11218961B2 (en) Power saving for wireless device
WO2022012388A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
EP4108044A1 (en) Communications devices and methods
WO2023273669A1 (zh) 一种节能配置方法及装置
WO2021008756A1 (en) User equipment involved in monitoring the downlink control channel
US20230337319A1 (en) Methods, devices, and systems for configuring sidelink drx
WO2024098846A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
CN115529662A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN111955049A (zh) 状态控制方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN113677002A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN114208363A (zh) 一种冲突解决方法及装置
WO2024012224A1 (zh) 一种通信的方法和装置
CN113747550B (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
WO2023232029A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023207990A1 (zh) 信号传输的方法和通信装置
WO2022267883A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023241288A1 (zh) 一种唤醒信号传输方法及通信系统
WO2022236466A1 (en) Methods, devices, and systems for configuring sidelink drx
WO2024093634A1 (zh) 信息传输的方法与装置
CN117221825A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN114223312A (zh) 数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质